f10k2010_firstunited.htm
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
_______________________

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

Commission file number 0-14237

FIRST UNITED CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
Maryland   52-1380770
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
     
19 South Second Street, Oakland, Maryland   21550-0009
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
     
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (800) 470-4356

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of Each Class:   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share   NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes £ No R

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes £ No R

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes R No £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes £ No £ (Not Applicable)

Indicate by check mark if disclosures of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.£

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. (See definition of “accelerated filer”, “large accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  (check one):    Large accelerated filer £Accelerated filer £  Non-accelerated filer £Smaller reporting company R

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).Yes £ No R

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2010:  $21,669,734.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2011:  6,166,037

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
 
 
 
First United Corporation
Table of Contents
 
PART I
ITEM 1. Business  3
ITEM 1A.   Risk Factors  12
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  19
ITEM 2. Properties  20
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings   20
ITEM 4. [Removed and Reserved]  20
 
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  20
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data  22
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations  23
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  48
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  49
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  96
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures  96
ITEM 9B. Other Information  99
 
PART III
 
PART IV
 
 
 
[2]
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report of First United Corporation (the “Corporation” on a parent only basis and “we”, “our” or “us”, on a consolidated basis) filed on Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Readers of this report should be aware of the speculative nature of “forward-looking statements”.  Statements that are not historical in nature, including those that include the words “anticipate”, “estimate”, “should”, “expect”, “believe”, “intend”, and similar expressions, are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about, among other things, the industry and the markets in which we operate, and they are not guarantees of future performance.  Whether actual results will conform to expectations and predictions is subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including risks and uncertainties discussed in this report; general economic, market, or business conditions; changes in interest rates, deposit flow, the cost of funds, and demand for loan products and financial services; changes in our competitive position or competitive actions by other companies; changes in the quality or composition of loan and investment portfolios; the ability to manage growth; changes in laws or regulations or policies of federal and state regulators and agencies; and other circumstances beyond our control.  Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements made in this document are qualified by these cautionary statements, and there can be no assurance that the actual results anticipated will be realized, or if substantially realized, will have the expected consequences on our business or operations.  For a more complete discussion of these and other risk factors, see Item 1A of Part I of this report.  Except as required by applicable laws, the Corporation does not intend to publish updates or revisions of forward-looking statements it makes to reflect new information, future events or otherwise.
 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
General

The Corporation is a Maryland corporation chartered in 1985 and a financial holding company registered under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”).  The Corporation’s primary business is serving as the parent company of First United Bank & Trust, a Maryland trust company (the “Bank”), First United Insurance Group, LLC, a full service insurance provider organized under Maryland law (the “Insurance Group”), First United Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) and First United Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”), both Connecticut statutory business trusts, and First United Statutory Trust III, a Delaware statutory business trust (“Trust III” and together with Trust I and Trust II, the “Trusts”).  The Trusts were formed for the purpose of selling trust preferred securities that qualified as Tier 1 capital.  The Bank has three wholly-owned subsidiaries:  OakFirst Loan Center, Inc., a West Virginia finance company; OakFirst Loan Center, LLC, a Maryland finance company (collectively, the “OakFirst Loan Centers”), and First OREO Trust, a Maryland statutory trust formed for the purposes of servicing and disposing of the real estate that the Bank acquires through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure.  The Bank owns a majority interest in Cumberland Liquidation Trust, a Maryland statutory trust formed for the purposes of servicing and disposing of real estate that secured a loan made by another bank and in which the Bank held a participation interest.  The Bank also owns 99.9% of the limited partnership interests in Liberty Mews Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership formed for the purpose of acquiring, developing and operating low-income housing units in Garrett County, Maryland.

At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had total assets of approximately $1.70 billion, net loans of approximately $988 million, and deposits of approximately $1.30 billion.  Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2010 was approximately $96 million.

The Corporation maintains an Internet site at www.mybank4.com on which it makes available, free of charge, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to the foregoing as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Banking Products and Services

The Bank operates 28 banking offices, one call center and 32 Automated Teller Machines (“ATM’s”) in Allegany County, Frederick County, Garrett County, and Washington County in Maryland, and in Berkeley County, Mineral County, Hardy County, and Monongalia County in West Virginia.  The Bank is an independent community bank providing a complete range of retail and commercial banking services to businesses and individuals in its market areas.  Services offered are essentially the same as those offered by the regional institutions that compete with the Bank and include checking, savings, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, business loans, personal loans, mortgage loans, lines of credit, and consumer-oriented retirement accounts including individual retirement accounts (“IRA”) and employee benefit accounts. In addition, the Bank provides full brokerage services through a networking arrangement with PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc., a full service broker-dealer.  The Bank also provides safe deposit and night depository facilities, and a complete line of insurance products and trust services.  The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).
 
 
[3]
 
 
Lending Activities-- Our lending activities are conducted through the Bank.  Previously, we also made certain consumer loans through the OakFirst Loan Centers.  During 2010, management decided to wind down the OakFirst Loan Centers and now their sole activity is servicing existing loans.

The Bank’s commercial loans are primarily secured by real estate, commercial equipment, vehicles or other assets of the borrower.  Repayment is often dependent on the successful business operations of the borrower and may be affected by adverse conditions in the local economy or real estate market.  The financial condition and cash flow of commercial borrowers is therefore carefully analyzed during the loan approval process, and continues to be monitored throughout the duration of the loan by obtaining business financial statements, personal financial statements and income tax returns.  The frequency of this ongoing analysis depends upon the size and complexity of the credit and collateral that secures the loan. It is also the Bank’s general policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the commercial loan borrowers.

Commercial real estate loans are primarily those secured by land for residential and commercial development, agricultural purpose properties, service industry buildings such as restaurants and motels, retail buildings and general purpose business space.  The Bank attempts to mitigate the risks associated with these loans through low loan to value ratio standards, thorough financial analyses, and management’s knowledge of the local economy in which the Bank lends.

The risk of loss associated with commercial real estate construction lending is controlled through conservative underwriting procedures such as loan to value ratios of 80% or less, obtaining additional collateral when prudent, and closely monitoring construction projects to control disbursement of funds on loans.

The Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio is distributed between variable and fixed rate loans.  Many loans are booked at fixed rates in order to meet the Bank’s requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act. Other fixed rate residential mortgage loans are originated in a brokering capacity on behalf of other financial institutions, for which the Bank receives a fee. As with any consumer loan, repayment is dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, which can be adversely impacted by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy.  Residential mortgage loans exceeding an internal loan-to-value ratio require private mortgage insurance.  Title insurance protecting the Bank’s lien priority, as well as fire and casualty insurance, is also required.

Home equity lines of credit, included within the residential mortgage portfolio, are secured by the borrower’s home and can be drawn on at the discretion of the borrower.  These lines of credit are at variable interest rates.

The Bank also provides residential real estate construction loans to builders and individuals for single family dwellings.  Residential construction loans are usually granted based upon “as completed” appraisals and are secured by the property under construction.  Site inspections are performed to determine pre-specified stages of completion before loan proceeds are disbursed.  These loans typically have maturities of six to 12 months and may have a fixed or variable rate.  Permanent financing for individuals offered by the Bank includes fixed and variable rate loans with three, five or seven year adjustable rate mortgages.

A variety of other consumer loans are also offered to customers, including indirect and direct auto loans, and other secured and unsecured lines of credit and term loans. Careful analysis of an applicant’s creditworthiness is performed before granting credit, and on-going monitoring of loans outstanding is performed in an effort to minimize risk of loss by identifying problem loans early.

An allowance for loan losses is maintained to provide for anticipated losses from our lending activities.  A complete discussion of the factors considered in determination of the allowance for loan losses is included in Item 7 of Part II of this report.

Deposit Activities—The Bank offers a full array of deposit products including checking, savings and money market accounts, regular and IRA certificates of deposit, Christmas Savings accounts, College Savings accounts, and Health Savings accounts. The Bank also offers the CDARS program to municipalities, businesses, and consumers, providing them access to multi-million-dollar FDIC insurance. In addition, we offer our commercial customers packages which include Treasury Management, Cash Sweep and various checking opportunities.
 
 
[4]
 
 
Information about our income from and assets related to our banking business may be found in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and the Consolidated Statements of Income and the related notes thereto included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.

Trust Services--The Bank’s Trust Department offers a full range of trust services, including personal trust, investment agency accounts, charitable trusts, retirement accounts including IRA roll-overs, 401(k) accounts and defined benefit plans, estate administration and estate planning.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total market value of assets under the supervision of the Bank’s Trust Department was approximately $590 million and $544 million, respectively.  Trust Department revenues for these years may be found in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the heading “Other operating income”, which is contained in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Insurance Activities-- We offer a full range of insurance products and services to customers in our market areas through the Insurance Group.  Information about income from insurance activities for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 may be found under “Other Operating Income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.

COMPETITION

The banking business, in all of its phases, is highly competitive.  Within our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, (including local banks and branches or affiliates of other larger banks), savings and loan associations and credit unions for loans and deposits, with consumer finance companies for loans, with insurance companies and their agents for insurance products, and with other financial institutions for various types of products and services.  There is also competition for commercial and retail banking business from banks and financial institutions located outside our market areas and on the internet.

The primary factors in competing for deposits are interest rates, personalized services, the quality and range of financial services, convenience of office locations and office hours. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan origination fees, the quality and range of lending services and personalized services.

To compete with other financial services providers, we rely principally upon local promotional activities, personal relationships established by officers, directors and employees with its customers, and specialized services tailored to meet its customers’ needs. In those instances in which we are unable to accommodate a customer’s needs, we attempt to arrange for those services to be provided by other financial services providers with which we have a relationship.

The following table sets forth deposit data for the Maryland and West Virginia Counties in which the Bank maintains offices as of June 30, 2010, the most recent date for which comparative information is available.
 
   
Offices
(in Market)
    
Deposits
(in thousands)
    
Market Share
  
Allegany County, Maryland:
                  
Susquehanna Bank
     5     $ 300,449       43.38 %
Manufacturers & Traders Trust Company
     6       164,650       23.77 %
First United Bank & Trust
     4       132,326       19.11 %
PNC Bank NA
     3       51,062       7.37 %
Standard Bank
     2       44,134       6.37 %
 
Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report

 
[5]
 

Frederick County, Maryland:
                  
PNC Bank NA
     21       1,069,766       29.78 %
Branch Banking & Trust Co.
     12       650,856       18.12 %
Bank Of America NA
     6       262,727       7.31 %
Frederick County Bank
     4       258,655       7.20 %
Manufacturers & Traders Trust Company
     6       228,692       6.37 %
Woodsboro Bank
     7       179,542       5.00 %
Capital One NA
     6       165,747       4.61 %
First United Bank & Trust
     4       138,796       3.86 %
SunTrust Bank
     3       127,107       3.54 %
Middletown Valley Bank
     4       121,024       3.37 %
Sandy Spring Bank
     4       101,146       2.82 %
Wells Fargo Bank NA
     1       98,836       2.75 %
BlueRidge Bank
     1       87,706       2.44 %
Columbia Bank
     2       35,017       0.97 %
Damascus Community Bank
     2       31,160       0.87 %
Harvest Bank of Maryland
     1       19,937       0.56 %
Sovereign Bank
     2       15,057       0.42 %
WoodForest National Bank
     1       90       0.00 %

Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report

Garrett County, Maryland:
                  
First United Bank & Trust
     6       722,471       78.32 %
Manufacturers & Traders Trust Company
     5       86,171       9.34 %
Susquehanna Bank
     2       81,947       8.88 %
Clear Mountain Bank
     1       26,551       2.88 %
Miners & Merchants Bank
     1       5,350       0.58 %

Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report

Washington County, Maryland:
                  
Susquehanna Bank
     10       497,221       25.87 %
Columbia Bank
     11       433,430       22.55 %
Manufacturers & Traders Trust Company
     11       353,729       18.40 %
PNC Bank NA
     5       143,648       7.47 %
Centra Bank, Inc.
     3       116,409       6.06 %
Sovereign Bank
     4       105,618       5.49 %
First United Bank & Trust
     3       90,763       4.72 %
Graystone Tower Bank
     3       70,490       3.67 %
Citizens National Bank of Berkeley Springs
     1       40,456       2.10 %
Capital One NA
     2       34,808       1.81 %
Orrstown Bank
     2       24,537       1.28 %
Jefferson Security Bank
     1       6,928       0.36 %
Middletown Valley Bank
     1       4,234       0.22 %

Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report
 
 
[6]
 
 
Berkeley County, West Virginia:
                  
Branch Banking & Trust Company
     5       314,909       29.65 %
Centra Bank, Inc.
     4       212,112       19.97 %
First United Bank & Trust
     5       132,127       12.44 %
City National Bank of West Virginia
     4       115,938       10.92 %
Susquehanna Bank
     3       97,444       9.17 %
Jefferson Security Bank
     2       64,153       6.04 %
Bank of Charles Town
     2       52,512       4.94 %
Citizens National Bank of Berkeley Springs
     3       37,861       3.56 %
MVB Bank Inc.
     1       21,020       1.98 %
Summit Community Bank
     1       13,491       1.27 %
Woodforest National Bank
     1       584       0.05 %

Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report

Hardy County, West Virginia:
                  
Summit Community Bank, Inc.
     3       437,322       71.25 %
Capon Valley Bank
     3       118,798       19.35 %
Pendleton Community Bank, Inc.
     1       26,643       4.34 %
First United Bank & Trust
     1       18,426       3.00 %
Grant County Bank
     1       12,621       2.06 %

Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report

Mineral County, West Virginia:
                  
First United Bank & Trust
     2       78,796       33.87 %
Branch Banking & Trust Company
     2       72,426       31.13 %
Manufacturers & Traders Trust Company
     2       43,897       18.87 %
Grant County Bank
     1       37,523       16.13 %

Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report

Monongalia County, West Virginia:
                  
Centra Bank, Inc.
     5       506,360       27.20 %
Branch Banking & Trust Company
     5       444,848       23.89 %
Huntington National Bank
     5       390,355       20.97 %
United Bank
     4       184,294       9.90 %
Clear Mountain Bank
     5       126,236       6.78 %
Wesbanco Bank, Inc.
     5       88,369       4.75 %
First United Bank & Trust
     3       71,549       3.84 %
First Exchange Bank
     2       27,002       1.45 %
Citizens Bank of Morgantown, Inc.
     1       20,326       1.09 %
PNC Bank NA
     1       2,515       0.14 %

Source:  FDIC Deposit Market Share Report

For further information about competition in our market areas, see the Risk Factor entitled “We operate in a competitive environment” in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The following is a summary of the material regulations and policies applicable to the Corporation and its subsidiaries and is not intended to be a comprehensive discussion. Changes in applicable laws and regulations may have a material effect on our business.
 
 
[7]
 

General
 
The Corporation is a financial holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) under the BHC Act and, as such, is subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC Act and the regulations of the FRB.

The Bank is a Maryland trust company subject to the banking laws of Maryland and to regulation by the Commissioner of Financial Regulation of Maryland (the “Maryland Commissioner”), who is required by statute to make at least one examination in each calendar year (or at 18-month intervals if the Maryland Commissioner determines that an examination is unnecessary in a particular calendar year).  The Bank also has offices in West Virginia, and the operations of these offices are subject to West Virginia laws and to supervision and examination by the West Virginia Division of Banking.  As a member of the FDIC, the Bank is also subject to certain provisions of federal law and regulations regarding deposit insurance and activities of insured state-chartered banks, including those that require examination by the FDIC.  In addition to the foregoing, there are a myriad of other federal and state laws and regulations that affect, impact or govern the business of banking, including consumer lending, deposit-taking, and trust operations.

All non-bank subsidiaries of the Corporation are subject to examination by the FRB, and, as affiliates of the Bank, are subject to examination by the FDIC and the Maryland Commissioner. In addition, OakFirst Loan Center, Inc. is subject to licensing and regulation by the West Virginia Division of Banking, OakFirst Loan Center, LLC is subject to licensing and regulation by the Maryland Commissioner, and the Insurance Group is subject to licensing and regulation by various state insurance authorities. Retail sales of insurance products by these insurance affiliates are also subject to the requirements of the Interagency Statement on Retail Sales of Nondeposit Investment Products promulgated in 1994 by the FDIC, the FRB, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Regulation of Financial Holding Companies

In November 1999, the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) was signed into law.  The GLB Act revised the BHC Act and repealed the affiliation provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933, which, taken together, limited the securities, insurance and other non-banking activities of any company that controls an FDIC insured financial institution.  Under the GLB Act, a bank holding company can elect, subject to certain qualifications, to become a “financial holding company.”  The GLB Act provides that a financial holding company may engage in a full range of financial activities, including insurance and securities sales and underwriting activities, and real estate development, with new expedited notice procedures. Maryland law generally permits state-chartered banks, including the Bank, to engage in the same activities, directly or through an affiliate, as national banking associations.  The GLB Act permits certain qualified national banking associations to form financial subsidiaries, which have broad authority to engage in all financial activities except insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development, or merchant banking. Thus, the GLB Act has the effect of broadening the permitted activities of the Corporation and the Bank.

The Corporation and its affiliates are subject to the provisions of Section 23A and Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.  Section 23A limits the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, and investments in, the Corporation and its non-bank affiliates by the Bank.  Section 23B requires that transactions between the Bank and the Corporation and its non-bank affiliates be on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same as with non-affiliates.

Under FRB policy, the Corporation is expected to act as a source of strength to the Bank, and the FRB may charge the Corporation with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank when required.  In addition, under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), depository institutions insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any losses incurred by, or reasonably anticipated to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default.  Accordingly, in the event that any insured subsidiary of the Corporation causes a loss to the FDIC, other insured subsidiaries of the Corporation could be required to compensate the FDIC by reimbursing it for the estimated amount of such loss.  Such cross guaranty liabilities generally are superior in priority to obligations of a financial institution to its shareholders and obligations to other affiliates.
 
 
[8]
 
 
Federal Banking Regulation
 
Federal banking regulators, such as the FRB and the FDIC, may prohibit the institutions over which they have supervisory authority from engaging in activities or investments that the agencies believe are unsafe or unsound banking practices.  Federal banking regulators have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions they regulate to prohibit or correct activities that violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to be unsafe or unsound practices.  Enforcement actions may include the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease and desist order, the termination of deposit insurance, the imposition of civil money penalties on the institution, its directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of any such mechanisms through restraining orders or other court actions.

The Bank is subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders or any related interest of such persons, which generally require that such credit extensions be made on substantially the same terms as those available to persons who are not related to the Bank and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment.  Other laws tie the maximum amount that may be loaned to any one customer and its related interests to capital levels.

As part of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), each federal banking regulator adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. These standards include internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. An institution that fails to meet those standards may be required by the agency to develop a plan acceptable to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions. We believe that the Bank meets substantially all standards that have been adopted.  FDICIA also imposes capital standards on insured depository institutions.

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of financial institutions within its jurisdiction, to evaluate the record of those financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of their communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with principles of safe and sound banking practices.  These factors are also considered by all regulatory agencies in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.  As of the date of its most recent examination report, the Bank has a CRA rating of “Satisfactory”.

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the creation of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”) to decrease the cost of bank funding and, hopefully, normalize lending.  This program is comprised of two components. The first component guarantees senior unsecured debt issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009.  The guarantee will remain in effect until June 30, 2012 for such debts that mature beyond June 30, 2009.  The second component, called the Transaction Accounts Guarantee Program (“TAG”), provided full coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, IOLTAs, and NOW accounts with interest rates of 0.25% or less, regardless of account balance, initially until December 31, 2009.  The TAG program expired on December 31, 2010.  We elected to participate in both programs and paid additional FDIC premiums in 2010 and 2009 as a result.  See the section below entitled “Deposit Insurance”.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which made sweeping changes to the financial regulatory landscape and will impact all financial institutions, including the Corporation and the Bank.

On November 9, 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act that provides temporary unlimited deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction accounts at all FDIC-insured depository institutions.  The coverage is automatic for all FDIC-insured institutions and does not include an opt out option.  The separate coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and terminates on December 31, 2012.

These new laws, regulations and regulatory actions will cause our regulatory expenses to increase.  Additionally, due in part to numerous bank failures throughout the country since 2008, the FDIC imposed an emergency insurance assessment to help restore the Deposit Insurance Fund and further required insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based deposit assessments through 2012 on December 30, 2009.  Given the current state of the national economy, there can be no assurance that the FDIC will not impose future emergency assessments or further revise its rate structure.
 
 
[9]
 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act’s significant regulatory changes include the creation of a new financial consumer protection agency, known as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer compliance. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and states’ attorneys general may enforce consumer protection rules issued by the Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred securities issuances from counting as Tier 1 capital. These developments may limit our future capital strategies. The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.
 
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including those relating to direct supervision by the Bureau, will not apply to banking organizations with assets of less than $10 billion, such as the Corporation and the Bank. Nevertheless, the other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act will require us to invest significant management attention and resources so that we can evaluate the impact of this law and make any necessary changes to our product offerings and operations.
 
Capital Requirements
 
FDICIA established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators are required to rate supervised institutions on the basis of five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized;” and to take certain mandatory actions (and are authorized to take other discretionary actions) with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the actions will depend upon the category in which the institution is placed. A depository institution is “well capitalized” if it has a total risk based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any order, regulatory agreement, or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” institution is defined as one that has a total risk based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 4% or greater and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (or 3% or greater in the case of a bank with a composite CAMEL rating of 1).
 
FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including the payment of cash dividends, or paying a management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee (subject to certain limitations) that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan.
 
Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of other requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized and requirements to reduce total assets and stop accepting deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator; generally within 90 days of the date such institution is determined to be critically undercapitalized.
 
Further information about our capital resources is provided in the “Capital Resources” section of Item 7 of Part II of this annual report. Information about the capital ratios of the Corporation and of the Bank as of December 31, 2010 may be found in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Deposit Insurance
 
The deposits of the Bank are insured to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor through the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC, and the Bank is required to pay quarterly deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The Deposit Insurance Fund was created pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”). This law (i) required the then-existing $100,000 deposit insurance coverage to be indexed for inflation (with adjustments every five years, commencing January 1, 2011), and (ii) increased the deposit insurance coverage for retirement accounts to $250,000 per participant, subject to adjustment for inflation. Effective October 3, 2008, however, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was enacted and, among other things, temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. EESA initially contemplated that the coverage limit would return to $100,000 after December 31, 2009, but the expiration date has since been extended to December 31, 2013. The coverage for retirement accounts did not change and remains at $250,000. On July 21, 2010, as part of the Dodd-Frank Act, the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount was permanently raised to $250,000.
 
 
[10]
 
 
The Reform Act also gave the FDIC greater latitude in setting the assessment rates for insured depository institutions which could be used to impose minimum assessments. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC imposed an emergency insurance assessment of five basis points in an effort to restore the Deposit Insurance Fund to an acceptable level. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based deposit assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012, on December 30, 2009, along with each institution’s risk based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009. It was also announced that the assessment rate will increase by 3 basis points effective January 1, 2011. The prepayment will be accounted for as a prepaid expense to be amortized quarterly. The prepaid assessment will qualify for a zero risk weight under the risk-based capital requirements. The Bank expensed $4 million in FDIC premiums for 2010. In December 2009, the Bank prepaid approximately $11 million in FDIC premiums and the balance at December 31, 2010 was approximately $7 million.

USA PATRIOT ACT
 
Congress adopted the USA PATRIOT Act (the “Patriot Act”) on October 26, 2001 in response to the terrorist attacks that occurred on September 11, 2001. Under the Patriot Act, certain financial institutions, including banks, are required to maintain and prepare additional records and reports that are designed to assist the government’s efforts to combat terrorism. The Patriot Act includes sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws that require additional regulations, including, among other things, standards for verifying client identification when opening an account and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

Federal Securities Law
 
The shares of the Corporation’s common stock are registered with the SEC under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The Corporation is subject to information reporting requirements, proxy solicitation requirements, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act, including the requirements imposed under the federal Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Among other things, loans to and other transactions with insiders are subject to restrictions and heightened disclosure, directors and certain committees of the Board must satisfy certain independence requirements, and the Corporation must comply with certain enhanced corporate governance requirements.

Governmental Monetary and Credit Policies and Economic Controls
 
The earnings and growth of the banking industry and ultimately of the Bank are affected by the monetary and credit policies of governmental authorities, including the FRB. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to control recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the federal funds rate, changes in the discount rate of member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies of the FRB authorities have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to have such an effect in the future. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, as well as the effect of actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the FRB, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or their effect on the business and earnings of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
SEASONALITY
 
Management does not believe that our business activities are seasonal in nature.  Deposit, loan, and insurance demand may vary depending on local and national economic conditions, but management believes that any variation will not have a material impact on our planning or policy-making strategies.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 2010, we employed 451 individuals, of whom 360 were full-time employees.
 
 
[11]
 
 
ITEM 1A.      RISK FACTORS
 
Our financial condition and results of operations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties and could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks and uncertainties. The risks and uncertainties that we believe are the most significant are discussed below. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment decision with respect to any of the Corporation’s securities. This annual report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this report.

Risks Relating to the Corporation and its Affiliates

The Corporation’s future success depends on the successful growth of its subsidiaries.

The Corporation’s primary business activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the holding company of the Bank, the Insurance Group and its other direct and indirect subsidiaries. Therefore, the Corporation’s future profitability will depend on the success and growth of these subsidiaries. In the future, part of the Corporation’s growth may come from buying other banks and buying or establishing other companies. Such entities may not be profitable after they are purchased or established, and they may lose money, particularly at first. A new bank or company may bring with it unexpected liabilities, bad loans, or bad employee relations, or the new bank or company may lose customers.

Interest rates and other economic conditions will impact our results of operations.

Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic conditions, including declines in real estate values, rapid changes in interest rates and the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government. Our profitability is in part a function of the spread between the interest rates earned on assets and the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities (i.e., net interest income), including advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of Atlanta. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches (i.e., the interest sensitivity gap) between the dollar amount of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities and is measured in terms of the ratio of the interest rate sensitivity gap to total assets. More assets repricing or maturing than liabilities over a given time period is considered asset-sensitive and is reflected as a positive gap, and more liabilities repricing or maturing than assets over a given time period is considered liability-sensitive and is reflected as negative gap. An asset-sensitive position (i.e., a positive gap) could enhance earnings in a rising interest rate environment and could negatively impact earnings in a falling interest rate environment, while a liability-sensitive position (i.e., a negative gap) could enhance earnings in a falling interest rate environment and negatively impact earnings in a rising interest rate environment. Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable. There can be no assurance that our attempts to structure our asset and liability management strategies to mitigate the impact on net interest income of changes in market interest rates will be successful in the event of such changes.

The majority of our business is concentrated in Maryland and West Virginia, much of which involves real estate lending, so a decline in the real estate and credit markets could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Most of our loans are made to borrowers located in Western Maryland and Northeastern West Virginia, and many of these loans, including construction and land development loans, are secured by real estate. Approximately 15%, or $157 million, of our total loans are real estate acquisition construction and development projects that are secured by real estate. Accordingly, a decline in local economic conditions would likely have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, and the impact on us would likely be greater than the impact felt by larger financial institutions whose loan portfolios are geographically diverse. We cannot guarantee that any risk management practices we implement to address our geographic and loan concentrations will be effective to prevent losses relating to our loan portfolio.

In point of fact, the national and local economies have significantly weakened during the past several years because of the banking crisis and resulting economic recession that began around 2008, and these conditions have caused, and continue to cause, a host of challenges for financial institutions, including the Bank. For example, these conditions have made it more difficult for real estate owners and owners of loans secured by real estate to sell their assets at desirable times and prices. Not only has this impacted the demand for credit to finance the acquisition and development of real estate, but it has also impaired the ability of banks, including the Bank, to sell real estate acquired through foreclosure. In the case of real estate acquisition, construction and development projects that we have financed, these challenging economic conditions have caused some of our borrowers to default on their loans. Because of the deterioration in the market values of real estate collateral caused by the recession, banks, including the Bank, have been unable to recover the full amount due under their loans when forced to foreclose on and sell real estate collateral. As a result, we have realized significant impairments and losses in our loan portfolio, which have materially and adversely impacted our financial condition and results of operations. These conditions and their consequences are likely to continue until the nation fully recovers from the current economic recession. Management cannot predict the extent to which these conditions will cause future impairments or losses, nor can it provide any assurances as to when, or if, economic conditions will improve.
 
 
[12]
 
 
Our concentrations of commercial real estate loans could subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny and directives, which could force us to preserve or raise capital and/or limit our future commercial lending activities.
 
The FRB and the FDIC, along with the other federal banking regulators, issued guidance in December 2006 entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” directed at institutions who have particularly high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within their lending portfolios. This guidance suggests that these institutions face a heightened risk of financial difficulties in the event of adverse changes in the economy and commercial real estate markets. Accordingly, the guidance suggests that institutions whose concentrations exceed certain percentages of capital should implement heightened risk management practices appropriate to their concentration risk. The guidance provides that banking regulators may require such institutions to reduce their concentrations and/or maintain higher capital ratios than institutions with lower concentrations in commercial real estate. Based on our concentration of commercial acquisition and development and construction lending as of December 31, 2010, we may be subject to heightened supervisory scrutiny during future examinations and/or be required to take steps to address our concentration and capital levels. Management cannot predict the extent to which this guidance will impact our operations or capital requirements.
 
The Bank may experience loan losses in excess of its allowance, which would reduce our earnings.
 
The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management of the Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Based upon such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectability of the loan portfolio and provides an allowance for loan losses based upon a percentage of the outstanding balances and for specific loans when their ultimate collectability is considered questionable. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require us to increase the allowance for loan losses as a part of its examination process, our earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected. Although management continually monitors our loan portfolio and makes determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used or adverse developments arise with respect to our non-performing or performing loans. Material additions to the allowance for loan losses could result in a material decrease in our net income and capital, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
 
The market value of our investments could decline.
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had classified all but four of our investment securities as available-for-sale pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities, relating to accounting for investments. Topic 320 requires that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available-for-sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in shareholders’ equity (net of tax) as accumulated other comprehensive loss. There can be no assurance that future market performance of our investment portfolio will enable us to realize income from sales of securities. Shareholders’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) of these investments. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the market value of our investment portfolio will not decline, causing a corresponding decline in shareholders’ equity.
 
Our investments include $12 million of stock issued by the FHLB of Atlanta, the Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (“ACBB”) and the Community Bankers Bank (“CBB”). This stock was acquired in connection with our membership with the FHLB of Atlanta, ACBB and CBB, and the amount of stock that we must hold is based on our borrowing levels with those banks and the quality of the collateral that we pledge to secure those borrowings. The stock is carried at cost and is considered a long-term investment because of the restrictions on our ability to transfer the stock. The Company recognizes dividends on this stock on a cash basis. For 2010, dividends on this stock of $46,500 were recognized in earnings. For the comparable period of 2009, we recognized $29,000 in earnings from dividends on this stock. Management has evaluated this restricted stock for impairment and believes that no impairment charge is necessary as of December 31, 2010.
 
 
[13]
 
 
Management believes that several factors will affect the market value of our investment portfolio. These include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates or expectations of changes, the degree of volatility in the securities markets, inflation rates or expectations of inflation and the slope of the interest rate yield curve (the yield curve refers to the differences between shorter-term and longer-term interest rates; a positively sloped yield curve means shorter-term rates are lower than longer-term rates). Also, the passage of time will affect the market values of our investment securities, in that the closer they are to maturing, the closer the market price should be to par value. These and other factors may impact specific categories of the portfolio differently, and management cannot predict the effect these factors may have on any specific category.
 
We operate in a competitive environment, and our inability to effectively compete could adversely and materially impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We operate in a competitive environment, competing for loans, deposits, and customers with commercial banks, savings associations and other financial entities. Competition for deposits comes primarily from other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, money market and mutual funds and other investment alternatives. Competition for loans comes primarily from other commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage banking firms, credit unions and other financial intermediaries. Competition for other products, such as insurance and securities products, comes from other banks, securities and brokerage companies, insurance companies, insurance agents and brokers, and other non-bank financial service providers in our market area. Many of these competitors are much larger in terms of total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets, and/or offer a broader range of financial services than those that we offer. In addition, banks with a larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the needs of larger customers.
 
In addition, changes to the banking laws over the last several years have facilitated interstate branching, merger and expanded activities by banks and holding companies. For example, the GLB Act revised the BHC Act and repealed the affiliation provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933, which, taken together, limited the securities, insurance and other non-banking activities of any company that controls an FDIC insured financial institution. As a result, the ability of financial institutions to branch across state lines and the ability of these institutions to engage in previously-prohibited activities are now accepted elements of competition in the banking industry. These changes may bring us into competition with more and a wider array of institutions, which may reduce our ability to attract or retain customers. Management cannot predict the extent to which we will face such additional competition or the degree to which such competition will impact our financial conditions or results of operations.
 
The banking industry is heavily regulated; significant regulatory changes could adversely affect our operations.
 
Our operations will be impacted by current and future legislation and by the policies established from time to time by various federal and state regulatory authorities. The Corporation is subject to supervision by the FRB. The Bank is subject to supervision and periodic examination by the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation, the West Virginia Division of Banking, and the FDIC. Banking regulations, designed primarily for the safety of depositors, may limit a financial institution’s growth and the return to its investors by restricting such activities as the payment of dividends, mergers with or acquisitions by other institutions, investments, loans and interest rates, interest rates paid on deposits, expansion of branch offices, and the offering of securities or trust services. The Corporation and the Bank are also subject to capitalization guidelines established by federal law and could be subject to enforcement actions to the extent that either is found by regulatory examiners to be undercapitalized. It is not possible to predict what changes, if any, will be made to existing federal and state legislation and regulations or the effect that such changes may have on our future business and earnings prospects. Management also cannot predict the nature or the extent of the effect on our business and earnings of future fiscal or monetary policies, economic controls, or new federal or state legislation. Further, the cost of compliance with regulatory requirements may adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.
 
Our regulatory expenses will likely increase due to federal laws, rules and programs that have been enacted or adopted in response to the recent banking crisis and the current national recession.
 
In response to the banking crisis that began in 2008 and the resulting national recession, the federal government took drastic steps to help stabilize the credit market and the financial industry.  These steps included the enactment of EESA, which, among other things, raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage to $250,000, and the FDIC’s adoption of the TLGP, which, under the TAG portion, provides full deposit insurance coverage through June 30, 2010 for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, IOLTAs, and NOW accounts with interest rates of 0.50% or less, regardless of account balance. The TLGP was extended to December 31, 2010 and includes non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, IOLTAs, and NOW accounts with interest rates of 0.25% or less, regardless of account balance.  The TLGP requires participating institutions, like us, to pay 10 basis points per annum for the additional insured deposits.  These actions will cause our regulatory expenses to increase.  Additionally, due in part to the failure of several depository institutions around the country since the banking crisis began, the FDIC imposed an emergency insurance assessment to help restore the Deposit Insurance Fund and further required insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based deposit assessments through 2012 on December 30, 2009.  Given the current state of the national economy, there can be no assurance that the FDIC will not impose future emergency assessments or further revise its rate structure.
 
 
[14]
 
 
In addition, and as noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act recently became law and implements significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape that will impact all financial institutions, including First United Corporation and the Bank.  The Dodd-Frank Act is likely to increase our regulatory compliance burden.  It is too early, however, for us to assess the full impact that the Dodd-Frank Act may have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.  Many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions require subsequent regulatory rulemaking.  The Dodd-Frank Act’s significant regulatory changes include the creation of a new financial consumer protection agency, known as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer compliance, which will increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers.  Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and states’ attorneys general may enforce consumer protection rules issued by the Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier 1 capital.  These restrictions will limit our future capital strategies.  The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.  Although certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, such as direct supervision by the Bureau, will not apply to banking organizations with less than $10 billion of assets, such as First United Corporation and the Bank, the changes resulting from the legislation will impact our business.  These changes will require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes.
 
Recent amendments to the FRB’s Regulation E may negatively impact our non-interest income.
 
On November 12, 2009, the FRB announced the final rules amending Regulation E (“Reg E”) that prohibit financial institutions from charging fees to consumers for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts-in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions.  Compliance with this regulation is effective July 1, 2010 for new consumer accounts and August 15, 2010 for existing consumer accounts.  The impact that these new rules will have on us is unknown at this time, but they do have the potential to reduce our non-interest income and this reduction could be material.
 
Customer concern about deposit insurance may cause a decrease in deposits held at the Bank.
 
With increased concerns about bank failures, customers increasingly are concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC. Customers may withdraw deposits from the Bank in an effort to ensure that the amount they have on deposit with us is fully insured. Decreases in deposits may adversely affect our funding costs and net income.
 
Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits and support our future growth.
 
We rely on customer deposits, advances from the FHLB, lines of credit at other financial institutions and brokered funds to fund our operations. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances if desired, no assurance can be given that we would be able to replace such funds in the future if our financial condition or the financial condition of the FHLB or market conditions were to change. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained and/or our cost of funds will increase if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if financing necessary to accommodate future growth is not available at favorable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our profitability would be adversely affected.
 
The loss of key personnel could disrupt our operations and result in reduced earnings.
 
Our growth and profitability will depend upon our ability to attract and retain skilled managerial, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. Our current executive officers provide valuable services based on their many years of experience and in-depth knowledge of the banking industry and the market areas we serve. Due to the intense competition for financial professionals, these key personnel would be difficult to replace and an unexpected loss of their services could result in a disruption to the continuity of operations and a possible reduction in earnings.
 
 
[15]
 
 
We may lose key personnel because of our participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program.
 
On January 30, 2009, we participated in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) adopted by the U.S. Department of Treasury (“Treasury”) by selling $30 million in shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) to Treasury and issuing a 10-year common stock purchase warrant (the “Warrant”) to Treasury. As part of these transactions, we adopted Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which Treasury holds any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the Warrant. On February 17, 2009, the Recovery Act was signed into law, which, among other things, imposed additional executive compensation restrictions on institutions that participate in TARP for so long as any TARP assistance remains outstanding. Among these restrictions is a prohibition against making most severance payments to our “senior executive officers” (our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and, generally, the three next most highly compensated executive officers) and to our next five most highly compensated employees. The restrictions also limit the type, timing and amount of bonuses, retention awards and incentive compensation that may be paid to certain employees. These restrictions, coupled with the competition we face from other institutions, including institutions that do not participate in TARP, may make it more difficult for us to attract and/or retain exceptional key employees.
 
Our lending activities subject us to the risk of environmental liabilities.
 
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may be adversely affected by other recent legislation.
 
As discussed above, the GLB Act repealed restrictions on banks affiliating with securities firms and it also permitted bank holding companies that become financial holding companies to engage in additional financial activities, including insurance and securities underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking, and insurance company portfolio investment activities that are currently not permitted for bank holding companies. Although the Corporation is a financial holding company, this law may increase the competition we face from larger banks and other companies. It is not possible to predict the full effect that this law will have on us.
 
The federal Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires management of every publicly traded company to perform an annual assessment of the company’s internal control over financial reporting and to report on whether the system is effective as of the end of the company’s fiscal year. If our management were to discover and report significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, then the market value of our securities and shareholder value could decline.
 
The federal USA PATRIOT Act requires certain financial institutions, such as the Bank, to maintain and prepare additional records and reports that are designed to assist the government’s efforts to combat terrorism. This law includes sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and required additional regulations, including, among other things, standards for verifying client identification when opening an account and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. If we fail to comply with this law, we could be exposed to adverse publicity as well as fines and penalties assessed by regulatory agencies.
 
We may be subject to claims and the costs of defensive actions.
 
Our customers may sue us for losses due to alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, errors and omissions of employees, officers and agents, incomplete documentation, our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or many other reasons. Also, our employees may knowingly or unknowingly violate laws and regulations. Management may not be aware of any violations until after their occurrence. This lack of knowledge may not insulate us from liability. Claims and legal actions will result in legal expenses and could subject us to liabilities that may reduce our profitability and hurt our financial condition.
 
We may not be able to keep pace with developments in technology.
 
We use various technologies in conducting our businesses, including telecommunication, data processing, computers, automation, internet-based banking, and debit cards. Technology changes rapidly. Our ability to compete successfully with other financial institutions may depend on whether we can exploit technological changes. We may not be able to exploit technological changes, and any investment we do make may not make us more profitable.
 
 
[16]
 
 
Risks Relating to the Corporation’s Securities
 
We have entered into informal agreements with our regulators that limit our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions on our outstanding securities, and we have deferred the payment of certain dividends and distributions pursuant to these agreements.
 
The Corporation is a party to an informal agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the “FRBR”) pursuant to which the Corporation agreed not to pay dividends on outstanding shares of its common or preferred stock, make interest payments under the junior subordinated debentures underlying the trust preferred securities issued by the Trusts (the “TPS Debentures”), or take any other action that reduces regulatory capital without the prior approval of the FRBR. The Bank is a party to a similar agreement with the FDIC and the Maryland Commissioner. These agreements give our regulators the ability to prohibit a proposed dividend payment, or any other distribution with respect to outstanding securities, including the repurchase of stock, at a time or times when applicable banking and corporate laws would otherwise permit such a dividend or distribution. On November 15, 2010, the Corporation elected, at the request of the FRBR pursuant to its agreement, to cease making cash dividend payments on its common stock and to defer regularly scheduled quarterly cash dividend payments under its Series A Preferred Stock, starting with the dividend payment due November 15, 2010. On December 15, 2010, at the request of the FRBR pursuant to its agreement, the Corporation elected to defer regularly scheduled quarterly interest payments with respect to an aggregate of $41.73 million of the TPS Debentures, starting with the interest payments due in March 2011, and this deferral requires the Trusts to defer regular quarterly dividend payments on their trust preferred securities. Both the deferral of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and the deferral of interest on the TPS Debentures are permitted under the terms of those securities and do not constitute events of default. During the deferral periods, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and interest under the TPS Debentures, and dividends on the related trust preferred securities, continue to accrue and must be paid at the time the Corporation recommences regular payments. Although the Corporation intends to periodically reevaluate the deferral of, and, in consultation with its regulators, consider reinstating, these payments when appropriate, no assurances can be given as to when, or if, these payments will recommence.
 
Even if the Corporation were to conclude at a later date that its financial condition and results of operations warrant the recommencement of these payments, there can be no guarantee that our regulators will agree with our conclusion. Moreover, there is no requirement that our regulators take consistent approaches when exercising their powers under these agreements. For example, even though the FRBR might approve the payment of a particular dividend, that dividend could be effectively prohibited by the FDIC and/or the Maryland Commissioner if the Corporation intended to fund that dividend through a dividend by the Bank and the FDIC and/or the Maryland Commissioner were to deny the Bank’s dividend request. Similarly, even though the FDIC and the Maryland Commissioner might approve a dividend by the Bank to the Corporation, the FRBR could prevent the Corporation from using that dividend to make a distribution to the holders of its outstanding common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, or outstanding TPS Debentures.
 
Accordingly, holders of shares of the Corporation’s common stock, shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and the trust preferred securities should not expect to receive cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
 
These agreements increase the likelihood that we will realize the other risks discussed below related to our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions.
 
The terms of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock limit the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions on its securities, and the Corporation’s recent deferral of dividend payments under its Series A Preferred Stock has triggered dividend restrictions.
 
Under the terms of the transaction documents relating to the Corporation’s issuance of its Series A Preferred Stock and Warrant to Treasury, the Corporation’s ability to declare or pay dividends on shares of its capital stock is limited. Specifically, the Corporation is unable to declare dividends on common stock, other stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock (“Junior Stock”), or preferred stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock (“Parity Stock”), and it is prohibited from repurchasing shares of common stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock, if the Corporation is in arrears on the Series A Preferred Stock dividends. Further, the Corporation is not permitted to increase dividends on its common stock above the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share declared prior to October 14, 2008 without Treasury’s approval until January 30, 2012 unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock has been redeemed or transferred. In addition, until the earlier of January 30, 2012 or the date on which the Treasury no longer holds any Series A Preferred Stock, Treasury’s consent generally is required for any repurchase by the Corporation of its outstanding capital stock or any redemption by the Trusts of their outstanding trust preferred securities.
 
 
[17]
 
 
As noted above, the Corporation is currently in arrears on the Series A Preferred Stock dividends, so no cash dividends or other distributions on, or repurchases of, the Corporation’s common stock are currently permitted. The Corporation cannot predict when, or if, it will be able to pay accrued and future dividends on its Series A Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the holders of shares of the Corporation’s common stock and Series A Preferred Stock should not expect to receive cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
 
The Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on its securities is also subject to the terms of its outstanding debentures, and the Corporation’s recent deferral of interest payments under certain of those debentures has triggered dividend restrictions.
 
In March 2004, the Corporation issued approximately $30.9 million of TPS Debentures to Trust I and Trust II in connection with the sales by those trusts of $30.0 in mandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities to third party investors. In December 2004, the Corporation issued $5.0 million of additional junior subordinated debentures that were not tied to trust preferred securities offerings. Between December 2009 and January 2010, the Corporation issued approximately $10.8 million of TPS Debentures to Trust III and Trust III issued approximately $10.5 million in mandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities to third party investors. The terms of these debentures require the Corporation to make quarterly payments of interest to the holders of the debentures. Under the TPS Debentures, the Corporation has the ability to defer payments of interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods. As noted above, the Corporation elected to defer interest payments under all of its TPS Debentures on December 15, 2010. Accordingly, the Corporation is not currently permitted to pay dividends or make distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of its common stock or Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation cannot predict when, or if, it will resume making interest payments under its TPS Debentures. Holders of shares of the Corporation’s common stock and Series A Preferred Stock should not expect to receive cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
 
Applicable banking and Maryland laws impose additional restrictions on the ability of the Corporation and the Bank to pay dividends and make other distributions on their capital securities, and, in any event, the payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
 
In the past, the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders has been largely dependent upon the receipt of dividends from the Bank. Since December 2009, the Corporation has used cash held at the holding company to pay dividends. In December 2010, however, the Corporation contributed substantially all of its excess cash to the Bank to strengthen the Bank’s capital levels. Accordingly, in the event the Corporation desires to pay cash dividends on its common stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock in the future, and assuming such dividends are then permitted under the terms of its Series A Preferred Stock and its junior subordinated debentures, the Corporation will likely need to rely on dividends from the Bank to pay such dividends, and there can be no guarantee that the Bank will be able to pay such dividends. Both federal and state laws impose restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends. Federal law generally prohibits the payment of a dividend by a troubled institution. Under Maryland law, a state-chartered commercial bank may pay dividends only out of undivided profits or, with the prior approval of the Commissioner, from surplus in excess of 100% of required capital stock. If however, the surplus of a Maryland bank is less than 100% of its required capital stock, cash dividends may not be paid in excess of 90% of net earnings. In addition to these specific restrictions, bank regulatory agencies have the ability to prohibit proposed dividends by a financial institution which would otherwise be permitted under applicable regulations if the regulatory body determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation’s shareholders must understand that the declaration and payment of dividends and the amounts thereof are at the discretion of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. Thus, even at times when the Corporation is not prohibited from paying cash dividends on its capital securities, then neither the payment of such dividends nor the amounts thereof can be guaranteed.
 
The Corporation’s deferral of dividend payments under its Series A Preferred Stock could permit the holders of that stock to elect up to two directors to the Corporation’s Board of Directors.
 
The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock entitle the holders thereof to elect two directors to the Corporation’s Board of Directors if the Corporation fails to pay accrued but unpaid dividends for six quarterly periods, whether or not consecutive. As noted above, the Corporation began deferring dividend payments under the Series A Preferred Stock and, to date, has deferred two dividend payments. If the Corporation defers four more regularly scheduled dividend payments, whether or not consecutive, then the Treasury (or the then-current holder of the Series A Preferred Stock) could exercise that right and elect up to two directors.
 
 
[18]
 
 
The Corporation’s shares of common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and the Warrant are not insured.
 
The shares of the Corporation’s common stock, including the shares underlying the Warrant, its Series A Preferred Stock, and the Warrant are not deposits and are not insured against loss by the FDIC or any other governmental or private agency.
 
There is no market for the Series A Preferred Stock or the Warrant, and the common stock is not heavily traded.
 
There is no established trading market for the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Warrant. The Corporation does not intend to apply for listing of the Series A Preferred Stock on any securities exchange or for inclusion of the Series A Preferred Stock in any automated quotation system unless requested by Treasury. The Corporation’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, but shares of the common stock are not heavily traded. Securities that are not heavily traded can be more volatile than stock trading in an active public market. Factors such as our financial results, the introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors, and various factors affecting the banking industry generally may have a significant impact on the market price of the shares the common stock. Management cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for any of the Corporation’s securities will develop or be sustained in the future. Accordingly, holders of the Corporation’s securities may not be able to sell such securities at the volumes, prices, or times that they desire.
 
The Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and Maryland law may discourage a corporate takeover.
 
The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended, contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the Corporation’s Board of Directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of the Corporation. First, the Board of Directors is classified into three classes. Directors of each class serve for staggered three-year periods, and no director may be removed except for cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of either a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the outstanding voting stock. Second, the Board has the authority to classify and reclassify unissued shares of stock of any class or series of stock by setting, fixing, eliminating, or altering in any one or more respects the preferences, rights, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications of, dividends on, and redemption, conversion, exchange, and other rights of, such securities. The Board could use this authority, along with its authority to authorize the issuance of securities of any class or series, to issue shares having terms favorable to management to a person or persons affiliated with or otherwise friendly to management. In addition, the Bylaws require any shareholder who desires to nominate a director to abide by strict notice requirements.
 
Maryland law also contains anti-takeover provisions that apply to the Corporation. Maryland’s Business Combination Act generally prohibits, subject to certain limited exceptions, corporations from being involved in any “business combination” (defined as a variety of transactions, including a merger, consolidation, share exchange, asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) with any “interested shareholder” for a period of five years following the most recent date on which the interested shareholder became an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is defined generally as a person who is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question and after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock. Maryland’s Control Share Acquisition Act applies to acquisitions of “control shares”, which, subject to certain exceptions, are shares the acquisition of which entitle the holder, directly or indirectly, to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power of shares of stock of the corporation in the election of directors within any of the following ranges of voting power: one-tenth or more, but less than one-third of all voting power; one-third or more, but less than a majority of all voting power or a majority or more of all voting power. Control shares have limited voting rights.
 
Although these provisions do not preclude a takeover, they may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or deferring a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in his or her best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the common stock. Such provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors and of management more difficult and, therefore, may serve to perpetuate current management. These provisions could potentially adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.
 
 
[19]
 
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
The headquarters of the Corporation and the Bank occupies approximately 29,000 square feet at 19 South Second Street, Oakland, Maryland, a 30,000 square feet operations center located at 12892 Garrett Highway, Oakland Maryland and 8,500 square feet at 102 South Second Street, Oakland, Maryland. These premises are owned by the Corporation. The Bank owns 21 of its banking offices and leases eight, which includes one specialty office. The Corporation also leases six offices of non-bank subsidiaries. Total rent expense on the leased offices and properties was $.65 million in 2010.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
       
We are at times, in the ordinary course of business, subject to legal actions. Management, upon the advice of counsel, believes that losses, if any, resulting from current legal actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
ITEM 4. [REMOVED AND RESERVED]
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Shares of the Corporation’s common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FUNC”.  As of February 25, 2011, the Corporation had 2,042 shareholders of record. The high and low sales prices for, and the cash dividends declared on, the shares of the Corporation’s common stock for each quarterly period of 2010 and 2009 are set forth below. On March 7, 2011, the closing sales price of the common stock was $3.39 per share.
 
   
High
    
Low
    
Dividends Declared
  
2010
                  
1st Quarter
   $ 7.36     $ 4.66     $ .010  
2nd Quarter
     7.12       3.80       .010  
3rd Quarter
     5.04       3.32       .010  
4th Quarter
     5.00       3.06       .000  
                         
2009
                        
1st Quarter
   $ 14.96     $ 7.02     $ .200  
2nd Quarter
     12.50       8.06       .200  
3rd Quarter
     12.00       10.15       .200  
4th Quarter
     11.80       5.88       .100  
 
As a result of the Corporation’s deferral of cash dividends under its Series A Preferred Stock in November 2010 and its December 2010 decision to defer interest payments under its TPS Debentures, the Corporation is currently prohibited from declaring or paying cash dividends on outstanding shares of its common stock. Subject to the restrictions imposed on the Corporation by banking and corporate laws and the terms of its other securities, the payment of dividends on the shares of common stock and the amounts thereof are at the discretion of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. Prior to November 2010, cash dividends were typically declared on a quarterly basis. Historically, dividends to shareholders were generally dependent on the ability of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, especially the Bank, to declare dividends to the Corporation. The ability of the Bank to declare dividends is limited by federal and state banking laws and state corporate laws. Further information about these limitations may be found in Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in the risk factors contained in Item 1A of Part I under the heading “Risks Relating to the Corporation’s Securities”, which are incorporated herein by reference. There can be no guarantee that dividends will be declared in any future fiscal quarter.
 
[20]
 
 
Issuer Repurchases

On August 14, 2007, the Corporation’s Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase plan, which was publicly announced on August 21, 2007. The plan authorized the repurchase of up to 307,500 shares of common stock in open market and/or private transactions at such times and in such amounts per transaction as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation determines to be appropriate. The repurchase plan was suspended in January 2009 in connection with the Corporation’s participation in the CPP, and no shares were repurchased by or on behalf of the Corporation and its affiliates (as defined by Exchange Act Rule 10b-18) during 2010.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
Pursuant to the SEC’s Regulation S-K Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation 106.01, the information regarding the Corporation’s equity compensation plans required by this Item pursuant to Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is located in Item 12 of Part III of this annual report and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 
[21]
 

ITEM 6.       SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth certain selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, and is qualified in its entirety by the detailed information and financial statements, including notes thereto, included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this annual report.
 
(Dollars in thousands, except for share data)
  
2010
    
2009
    
2008
    
2007
    
2006
  
Balance Sheet Data
                              
  Total Assets
   $ 1,696,445     $ 1,743,796     $ 1,639,104     $ 1,478,909     $ 1,349,317  
  Net Loans
     987,615       1,101,794       1,120,199       1,035,962       957,126  
  Investment Securities
     229,687       273,784       354,595       304,908       263,272  
  Deposits
     1,301,646       1,304,166       1,222,889       1,126,552       971,381  
  Long-term Borrowings
     243,100       270,544       277,403       178,451       166,330  
  Shareholders’ Equity
     95,640       100,566       72,690       104,665       96,856  
                                         
Operating Data
                                        
  Interest Income
   $ 70,747     $ 85,342     $ 95,216     $ 93,565     $ 80,269  
  Interest Expense
     29,164       32,104       43,043       49,331       39,335  
  Net Interest Income
     41,583       53,238       52,173       44,234       40,934  
  Provision for Loan Losses
     15,726       15,588       12,925       2,312       1,165  
  Other Operating Income
     14,944       15,390       15,766       16,697       14,037  
  Net Securities Impairment Losses
     (8,364 )     (26,693 )     (2,724 )     --       --  
  Net (Losses)/Gains – Other
     (6,130 )     411       727       (1,605 )     4  
  Other Operating Expense
     44,521       46,578       40,573       38,475       35,490  
  (Loss)/Income Before Taxes
     (18,214 )     (19,820 )     12,444       18,539       18,320  
  Income Tax (benefit)/expense
     (8,017 )     (8,496 )     3,573       5,746       5,743  
  Net (Loss)/ Income
   $ (10,197 )   $ (11,324 )   $ 8,871     $ 12,793     $ 12,577  
  Accumulated preferred stock dividend and discount accretion
     (1,559 )     (1,430 )      --        --        --  
  Net (loss) attributable to/income available to common shareholders
   $ (11,756 )   $ (12,754 )   $ 8,871     $ 12,793     $ 12,577  
                                         
Per Share Data
                                        
  Basic net (Loss)/Income per common share
   $ (1.91 )   $ (2.08 )   $ 1.45     $ 2.08     $ 2.05  
  Diluted net (Loss)/Income per common share
   $ (1.91 )   $ (2.08 )   $ 1.45     $ 2.08     $ 2.05  
  Dividends Paid
     .13       .80       .80       .78       .76  
  Book Value
     10.68       11.49       11.89       17.05       15.77  
                                         
Significant Ratios
                                        
  Return on Average Assets
     (.58 %)     (.67 %)     .55 %     .90 %     .96 %
  Return on Average Equity
     (10.10 %)     (11.02 %)     9.31 %     12.70 %     13.07 %
  Dividend Payout Ratio
     (7.85 %)     (43.21 %)     55.17 %     37.50 %     37.07 %
  Average Equity to Average Assets
     5.73 %     6.06 %     5.95 %     7.10 %     7.35 %
  Total Risk-based Capital Ratio
     11.57 %     11.20 %     12.18 %     12.51 %     12.95 %
  Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
     9.74 %     9.60 %     10.59 %     11.40 %     11.81 %
  Tier I Capital to Average Assets
     7.34 %     8.53 %     8.10 %     8.91 %     9.08 %

 
[22]
 
 
ITEM 7.       MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2010, which appear in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Recent Developments
 
On November 15, 2010, the Corporation elected, at the request of the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) and to preserve capital resources, to defer regularly scheduled quarterly cash dividend payments on the 30,000 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, that were issued to the Treasury in January 2010. Both the November 15, 2010 and the February 15, 2011 dividends, totaling $750,000, were deferred. The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock call for the payment of dividends on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of 5% of the liquidation preference for the first five years, after which the dividend rate automatically increases to 9%. Dividend payments on the Series A Preferred Stock may be deferred without default, but the dividend is cumulative. During a dividend deferral period, the Corporation is prohibited from paying any cash dividends on or purchasing its common stock. Accordingly, in connection with the deferral, the Corporation also suspended the payment of cash dividends on its common stock (previously, $.01 per share) effective immediately. If the Corporation fails to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for six quarters, whether or not consecutive, then the Treasury will have the right to appoint up to two directors to the Corporation’s Board of Directors.
 
On December 15, 2010, the Corporation, at the request of the FRB and to preserve capital resources, elected to defer regularly scheduled quarterly interest payments with respect to an aggregate of $41.73 million of its TPS Debentures, starting with the payments due in March 2011 (an aggregate of $502,629). Pursuant to the indentures under which the TPS Debentures were issued, the Corporation can elect to defer payments of interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, provided that there is no event of default (as defined in the indentures) existing at the time of deferral. The Corporation is not in default under any of the indentures, and the election to defer interest payments is not a default under any of the indentures. Interest on the TPS Debentures will continue to accrue during the deferral period and interest on the deferred interest will also accrue, both of which must be paid at the end of the deferral period. During a deferral period, the Corporation may not, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, declare or pay dividends or otherwise make distributions with respect to the Corporation’s capital stock, purchase any of its capital stock, pay principal or interest on debt that ranks pari passu with or junior to the debentures, or make any payments under guarantees of the Corporation which rank pari passu with or junior to the debentures.
 
The Corporation intends to reevaluate the deferral of these payments periodically and, in consultation with its regulators, will consider reinstating these payments when appropriate.
 
Overview
 
The Corporation is a financial holding company which, through the Bank and its non-bank subsidiaries, provides an array of financial products and services primarily to customers in four Western Maryland counties and four Northeastern West Virginia counties. Its principal operating subsidiary is the Bank, which consists of a community banking network of 28 branch offices located throughout its market areas. Our primary sources of revenue are interest income earned from our loan and investment securities portfolios and fees earned from financial services provided to customers.
 
Consolidated net loss attributable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $11.8 million, compared to a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $12.8 million for 2009. Basic and diluted net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1.91, compared to basic and diluted net loss per common share of $2.08 for 2009. The net loss resulted primarily from an $11.7 million decline in net interest income, $6.5 million of net losses related to a restructuring of the investment portfolio that was intended to limit credit risk and potential market and interest rate risk from a rising rate environment, and $3.4 million of losses and write-downs on other real estate owned. These losses were partially offset by a net tax benefit of $8.0 million and a decrease of $18.3 million in non-cash credit-related other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges on the investment portfolio when comparing the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decline in net interest income resulted in a compressed net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, of 2.71% when compared to 3.56% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest income on our interest earning assets declined $14.7 million, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, due to the increase in non-accrual loans throughout 2009, the decline in loan balances, the decrease in the investment portfolio and the lower interest rate environment. Additionally, during 2009 and 2010, we elected to maintain an increased liquidity position. Our cash position increased significantly due to our election not to reinvest cash from called investments, repayment of loans, and growth in our retail deposit base. The increase in cash levels has had a negative impact on our net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 of approximately $6.8 million, or 42 basis points on our net interest margin. As part of our 2011 strategic plan, we intend to reduce cash levels by paying off certain liabilities scheduled to mature in 2011. Our plan also includes strategies to change the composition of our deposit mix, focusing on lower cost, core deposits.
 
 
[23]
 
 
The provision for loan losses was $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $15.6 million for the same period of 2009. Specific allocations were made for impaired loans where management has determined that the collateral supporting the loans is not adequate to cover the loan balance. Additionally, management increased the qualitative factors affecting the allowance for loan losses as a result of the current recession and distressed economic environment and the historical loss factors increased as a result of increased charge-offs on our loan portfolio.
 
Interest expense on our interest-bearing liabilities decreased $2.9 million during 2010 when compared to 2009 in spite of a $94.7 million increase in average deposits partially offset by a $21.2 million decrease in average debt outstanding. The decline in expense was due to the low interest rate environment, our decision to only increase special pricing for full relationship customers and retail and brokered certificates of deposit renewing at lower interest rates due to the short duration of our portfolio.
 
Other operating income increased $11.3 million during 2010 when compared to 2009. This increase was primarily attributable to a decrease of $18.3 million in non-cash credit-related OTTI charges on the investment portfolio offset by an increase of $6.5 million of net losses related to the above-mentioned restructuring of the investment portfolio. Management also noted a $.9 million decline in service charge income which was driven primarily by a decrease in overdraft income resulting from the decline in consumer spending and the new overdraft fee restrictions imposed under the Dodd-Frank Act. It is uncertain how proposed regulations introduced by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection will impact service charge income in the future. Operating expenses decreased $2.1 million in 2010 when compared to 2009. This decrease was due primarily to a $1.6 million decline in salaries and benefits resulting from reduced service costs in the pension plan and elimination of all performance based pay for employees and management in 2010. Other miscellaneous expenses decreased $.6 million for 2010 when compared to 2009. This decrease is attributable to reductions in expenses such as marketing, legal and professional, and consulting expenses.
 
Operations in 2010 were impacted by the following factors and strategic initiatives:
 
Excess Liquidity/Loan and Deposit Growth-Impact on Net Interest Margin – Throughout 2009 and 2010, we elected to maintain an increased liquidity position due to the increased risk in our loan portfolio as a result of the recession and the changing regulatory environment. Our cash position increased significantly due to our election not to reinvest cash from called investments and continued growth in our retail deposit base. The increase in cash levels had a negative impact on our net interest income of approximately $6.8 million, or 42 basis points on our net interest margin. As part of our 2011 strategic plan, we intend to reduce cash levels by paying off certain liabilities scheduled to mature in 2011. Our plan also includes strategies to change the composition of our deposit mix, focusing on lower cost, core deposits.
 
Loans decreased $112.1 million in 2010 when compared to loans at December 31, 2009. Commercial real estate loans increased $21.8 million as management focused on growing the small business loan portfolio and as certain acquisition and development loans, which decreased $74.8 million, were completed and transferred to permanent financing. The acquisition and development category also declined due to charged-off balances, foreclosures, and working some troubled credits out of the Bank. Commercial and industrial loans declined $11.3 million and residential mortgage loans declined $16.5 million. The decrease in the residential mortgage portfolio was attributable to the increased amount of loan refinancings that occurred as consumers sought long-term fixed rate loans. We do not retain these long-term fixed rate loans, and we use secondary market and Fannie Mae outlets to satisfy these loan requests. The consumer portfolio declined $31.3 million as repayment activity in the indirect auto portfolio exceeded new production resulting from the continued slowdown in economic activity and management’s decision not to compete with the special financing offered by the automotive manufacturers and large regional banks. Management anticipates that the economy will continue its slow recovery from the recent recession and it is likely that we will continue to experience low loan demand in 2011. Our 2011 strategic plan focuses on growth of existing relationships and building our portfolio of owner occupied business loans, multifamily residential loans and certain commercial and industrial loans that are utilized by community oriented business owners. We will also continue to work with our distressed borrowers in an effort to reduce our current level of non-performing loans.
 
 
[24]
 
 
Interest income on loans in 2010 decreased by $7.2 million (on a fully taxable equivalent basis) when compared to 2009 due to the decrease in interest rates and the increase in average non-accrual loans. Interest income on investment securities decreased by $8.0 million, (on a fully taxable equivalent basis) due to a $44.1 million decrease in the portfolio. (Additional information on the composition of interest income is available in Table 1 that appears on page 29).
 
Total deposits decreased $2.5 million during 2010 when compared to deposits at December 31, 2009. Non-interest bearing deposits increased $14.2 million. Traditional savings accounts increased $17.0 million offset by a $10.1 million decline in retail money market accounts. Time deposits less than $100,000 declined $66.2 million and time deposits greater than $100,000 increased $62.2 million. The increase in time deposits greater than $100,000 was primarily due to a $48 million increase in the CDARs product for a local municipality. These funds are short-term and will mature by March 2011.
 
Interest expense decreased $2.9 million in 2010 when compared to 2009. The decline was due to an overall reduction in interest rates on time deposits driven by our decision to only increase special rates for full relationship customers, the shorter duration of the portfolio and the increase in non-interest bearing deposits. The overall net interest margin decreased during 2010 to 2.71% from 3.56% in 2009 on a fully taxable equivalent basis.
 
Other Operating Income/Other Operating Expense - Other operating income, exclusive of losses, decreased $.4 million during 2010 when compared to 2009. Service charge income decreased $.9 million due primarily to a reduction in non-sufficient funds (NSF) fees and increased charged-off overdraft fees. The creation of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection and its proposed regulation of overdraft fees and interchange fees could have a negative impact on service charge income in the future. Whether this will occur and the extent to which it will reduce service charge income is uncertain at this time. Trust department income increased $.4 million during 2010 when compared to 2009 due to an increase in assets under management and the fees received on those accounts. Income on Bank Owned Life Insurance increased $.5 million during 2010 when compared to 2009 due to the surrender of the separate account contracts and purchase of general account contracts during the fourth quarter of 2009.
 
Net losses of $14.5 million were reported through other income during the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to net losses $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. There were $8.4 million in losses in 2010 that were attributable to non-cash OTTI charges on the investment portfolio, down from the $26.7 million in 2009. Other losses of $6.1 million during 2010 consisted primarily of a net loss of $2.2 million from sales of investments, $.2 million from a loan sale in the second quarter and $3.4 million from losses and write-downs on other real estate owned.
 
Other operating expenses decreased $2.1 million (4%) for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease during 2010 was primarily due to a decline of $1.6 million in salaries and benefits resulting from reduced service costs in the pension plan and elimination of all performance based pay for employees and management. FDIC premiums increased $.1 million during 2010 when compared to the same period of 2009 due to the increased rate structure. Other miscellaneous expenses decreased $.6 million for 2010 when compared to the same time period of 2009. This decrease was attributable to reductions in expenses such as marketing, legal and professional, and consulting expenses.
 
Dividends – During 2010, the Corporation paid dividends to shareholders in the amount of $0.13 per share. In December 2009, the Corporation reduced its quarterly dividend to $.10 per common share effective for the dividend payable on February 1, 2010. In March 2010, the Corporation reduced its quarterly dividend to $.01 per common share effective for the dividend payable on May 1, 2010. In December 2010, the Corporation terminated quarterly dividend payments beginning in 2011 in connection with its deferral of quarterly dividends on its Series A Preferred Stock.
 
Looking Forward -- We will continue to face risks and challenges in the future, including: changes in local economic conditions in our core geographic markets; potential yield compression on loan and deposit products from existing competitors and potential new entrants in our markets; fluctuations in interest rates and changes to existing federal and state legislation and regulations over banks and financial holding companies. For a more complete discussion of these and other risk factors, see Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
 
 
[25]
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities. (See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.) On an on-going basis, management evaluates estimates, including those related to loan losses and intangible assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
One of our most important accounting policies is that related to the monitoring of the loan portfolio. A variety of estimates impact the carrying value of the loan portfolio, including the calculation of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of underlying collateral, the timing of loan charge-offs and the placement of loans on non-accrual status. The allowance is established and maintained at a level that management believes is adequate to cover losses resulting from the inability of borrowers to make required payment on loans. Estimates for loan losses are arrived at by analyzing risks associated with specific loans and the loan portfolio, current and historical trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, and changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio. The analysis also requires consideration of the economic climate and direction, changes in lending rates, political conditions, legislation impacting the banking industry and economic conditions specific to Western Maryland and Northeastern West Virginia. Because the calculation of the allowance for loan losses relies on management’s estimates and judgments relating to inherently uncertain events, actual results may differ from management’s estimates.
 
The allowance for loan losses is also discussed below in Item 7 under the caption “Allowance for Loan Losses” and in Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, establishes standards for the amortization of acquired intangible assets and impairment assessment of goodwill. We have $1.8 million related to acquisitions of insurance “books of business” which is subject to amortization. The $12.9 million in recorded goodwill is primarily related to the acquisition of Huntington National Bank branches that occurred in 2003 and the acquisition of insurance books of business in 2008, which is not subject to periodic amortization.
 
Goodwill arising from business combinations represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible elements in the business acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Corporation’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. If the estimated current fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, no additional testing is required and an impairment loss is not recorded. Otherwise, additional testing is performed, and to the extent such additional testing results in a conclusion that the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized.
 
Our goodwill relates to value inherent in the banking business and the value is dependent upon our ability to provide quality, cost effective services in a highly competitive local market. This ability relies upon continuing investments in processing systems, the development of value-added service features and the ease of use of our services. As such, goodwill value is supported ultimately by revenue that is driven by the volume of business transacted. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the inability to deliver cost effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill, which could adversely impact earnings in future periods. ASC Topic 350 requires an annual evaluation of goodwill for impairment. The determination of whether or not these assets are impaired involves significant judgments and estimates.
 
Throughout 2010, the Corporation's common stock  was trading below its book value consistent with its peer group. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s stock price was significantly below its tangible book value. Management felt that this decrease could indicate the possibility of impairment. Management consulted a third party valuation specialist to assist in the determination of the fair value of the Corporation, considering both the market approach (guideline public company method) and the income approach (discounted future benefits method). Due to the illiquidity in our stock and the adverse conditions surrounding the banking industry, reliance was placed on the income approach in determining the fair value of the Corporation. The income approach is a discounted cash flow analysis that is determined by adding (a) the present value, which is a representation of the current value of a sum that is to be received some time in the future, of the estimated net income, net of dividends paid out, that the Corporation could generate over the next five years and (b) the present value of a terminal value, which is a representation of the current value of an entity at a specified time in the future. The terminal value was calculated using both a price to tangible book multiple method and a capitalization method and the more conservative of the two was utilized in the fair value calculation.
 
 
[26]
 
 
Significant assumptions used in the above methods include:

·  
Net income from the Corporation’s forward five year operating budget, incorporating conservative growth and mix assumptions
·  
A discount rate of 12.50% based on the most recent [Q4 – 2010] Cost of Capital Report from Morningstar/Ibbotson Associates for the Commercial Banking Sector adjusted for a size and risk premium of 311 basis points
·  
A price to tangible book multiple of 1.03, the median multiple of the 27 commercial bank mergers and acquisitions during 2010 for selling bank and holding companies headquartered in DC, DE, MD, NC, NJ, NY, PA, VA and WV (Mid Atlantic area) as provided by SNL Financial and Corporation reports
·  
A capitalization rate of 9.5% (discount rate of 12.50% adjusted for a conservative growth rate of 3.00%)

The resulting fair value of the income approach resulted in the fair value of the Corporation exceeding the carrying value by 47%. Management stressed the assumptions used in the analysis to provide additional support to the value derived. The discount rate could increase to 24% before the excess would be eliminated in the tangible multiple method or the assumption of the tangible book multiple could reduce to 0.48 and still result in a fair value in excess of book value. Based on the results of the evaluation, management concluded that the recorded value of goodwill at December 31, 2010 was not impaired. However, future changes in strategy and/or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require adjustments to recorded asset balances. The Corporation will continue to evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and as events occur or circumstances change.
 
Accounting for Income Taxes
 
The Corporation accounts for income taxes by recording deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management exercises significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount and timing of the recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities. The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon changes in business factors and the tax laws.
 
A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce any deferred tax assets that based upon available information, it is more-likely-than-not all, or any portion, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Assessing the need for, and amount of, a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets requires significant judgment and analysis of evidence regarding realization of the deferred tax assets. In most cases, the realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and generating a sufficient level of taxable income in future periods, which can be difficult to predict. Our largest deferred tax assets involve differences related to allowance for loan losses and unrealized losses on investment securities. Given the nature of our deferred tax assets, management determined no valuation allowances were needed at either December 31, 2010 or 2009 except for a state valuation allowance for certain state deferred tax assets associated with our First United Corporation.
 
Management expects that our adherence to the required accounting guidance may result in increased volatility in quarterly and annual effective income tax rates because of changes in judgment or measurement including changes in actual and forecasted income before taxes, tax laws and regulations, and tax planning strategies.
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities
 
Securities available-for-sale: Securities available-for-sale are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported in the accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) component in shareholders’ equity.
 
The amortized cost of debt securities classified as available-for-sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums to the first call date, if applicable, or to maturity, and for accretion of discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security. Such amortization and accretion, plus interest and dividends, are included in interest income from investments. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded using the specific identification method.
 
 
[27]
 
 
Management systematically evaluates securities for impairment on a quarterly basis. Based upon application of accounting guidance for subsequent measurement in Topic 320 (ASC Section 320-10-35), management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell a security being evaluated and (b) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. If neither applies, then declines in the fair values of securities below their cost that are considered other-than-temporary declines are split into two components. The first is the loss attributable to declining credit quality. Credit losses are recognized in earnings as realized losses in the period in which the impairment determination is made. The second component consists of all other losses, which are recognized in other comprehensive loss. In estimating OTTI losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area, (3) the historic and implied volatility of the fair value of the security, (4) changes in the rating of the security by a rating agency, (5) recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date, (6) failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments, and (7) the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future. Management also monitors cash flow projections for securities that are considered beneficial interests under the guidance of ASC Subtopic 325-40, Investments – Other – Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets, (ASC Section 325-40-35). This process is described more fully in the Investment Securities section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review.
 
Fair Value of Investments
 
We have determined the fair value of our investment securities in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements required under other accounting pronouncements. The Corporation measures the fair market values of its investments based on the fair value hierarchy established in Topic 820. The determination of fair value of investments and other assets is discussed further in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Pension Plan Assumptions
 
Our pension plan costs are calculated using actuarial concepts, as discussed within the requirements of ASC Topic 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits. Pension expense and the determination of our projected pension liability are based upon two critical assumptions: the discount rate and the expected return on plan assets. We evaluate each of these critical assumptions annually. Other assumptions impact the determination of pension expense and the projected liability including the primary employee demographics, such as retirement patterns, employee turnover, mortality rates, and estimated employer compensation increases. These factors, along with the critical assumptions, are carefully reviewed by management each year in consultation with our pension plan consultants and actuaries. Further information about our pension plan assumptions, the plan’s funded status, and other plan information is included in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments
 
Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Part II of this annual report discusses new accounting pronouncements that when adopted, may have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME REVIEW
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income is our largest source of operating revenue. Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets and the interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. For analytical and discussion purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis to facilitate performance comparisons between taxable and tax-exempt assets by increasing tax-exempt income by an amount equal to the federal income taxes that would have been paid if this income were taxable at the statutorily applicable rate.
 
 
[28]
 
 
The table below summarizes net interest income (on a fully taxable equivalent basis) for the 2009 and 2010.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Interest income
   $ 72,730     $ 87,478  
Interest expense
     29,164       32,104  
Net interest income
   $ 43,566     $ 55,374  
                 
Net interest margin %
     2.71 %     3.56 %

Net interest income on an FTE basis decreased $11.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 over the same period in 2009 due to a $14.7 million (16.9%) decrease in interest income partially offset by a $2.9 million (9.2%) decrease in interest expense. The decrease in net interest income resulted primarily from a shift in the mix of earning assets from loans and investment securities to cash and cash equivalents (other interest earning assets) for the periods compared, as we made the decision to increase our liquidity position during this period of risk and economic uncertainty. The cost of the liquidity position represented by the foregone interest income from the $195.4 million in incremental average liquidity was approximately $6.8 million, or 42 basis points of the 85 basis point decrease in the net interest margin from 3.56% during 2009 to 2.71% for 2010. The increase in non-earning assets also negatively impacted net interest income and margin.
 
The overall $56.2 million increase in average interest-earning assets at lower yields also impacted the 111 basis point decline in the average yield on our average earning assets, which dropped from 5.63% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 4.52% for the year ended December 31, 2010 (on an FTE basis). This reflected our increased liquidity levels.
 
Interest expense decreased during 2010 when compared to 2009 due to an overall reduction in interest rates on time deposits driven by our decision to only increase special rates for full relationship customers, and the shorter duration of the portfolio. This more than offset the impact of a $73.5 million increase in average interest-bearing liabilities in 2010 when compared to the same time period for 2009, with interest-bearing deposits increasing by approximately $94.7 million. The overall effect of these changes was a 30 basis point decrease in the average rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities from 2.19% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 1.89% for the same period of 2010.
 
As shown below, the composition of total interest income between 2010 and 2009 reflects a shift toward interest and fees on loans from investment securities. This shift was the result of accumulating cash from calls on securities in the investment portfolio in order to enhance our liquidity position.
 
   
% of Total Interest Income
  
   
2010
    
2009
  
Interest and fees on loans
     86 %     80 %
Interest on investment securities
     13 %     20 %
Other
     1 %     --  
 
Table 1 sets forth the average balances, net interest income and expense, and average yields and rates for our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for 2010, 2009 and 2008. Table 2 sets forth an analysis of volume and rate changes in interest income and interest expense of our average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities for 2010, 2009 and 2008. Table 2 distinguishes between the changes related to average outstanding balances (changes in volume created by holding the interest rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates (changes in interest income or expense attributed to average rates created by holding the outstanding balance constant).
 
 
[29]
 
 
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest Rates and Interest Differential – Tax Equivalent Basis
Table 1
   
For the Years Ended December 31
  
   
2010
    
2009
    
2008
  
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  
AVERAGE
BALANCE
    
INTEREST
    
AVERAGE YIELD/RATE
    
AVERAGE BALANCE
    
INTEREST
    
AVERAGE YIELD/RATE
    
AVERAGE BALANCE
    
INTEREST
    
AVERAGE YIELD/RATE
  
Assets
                                                      
Loans
   $ 1,074,080     $ 61,115       5.69 %   $ 1,132,569     $ 68,271       6.03 %   $ 1,081,191     $ 74,415       6.88 %
Investment Securities:
                                                                        
     Taxable
     148,565       5,524       3.72       224,647       13,106       5.83       285,382       16,848       5.90  
     Non taxable
     94,728       5,518       5.83       98,960       5,962       6.02       82,844       5,229       6.31  
     Total
     243,293       11,042       4.54       323,607       19,068       5.89       368,226       22,077       6.00  
Federal funds sold
     190,878       422       .22       48,979       96       .20       368       4       1.09  
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
     87,860       104        .12       34,389       28        .08       3,691       77        2.09  
Other interest earning assets
      13,453        47        .35        13,819        15        .11        13,235        489        3.69  
Total earning assets
     1,609,564       72,730       4.52 %     1,553,363       87,478       5.63 %     1,466,711       97,062       6.62 %
Allowance for loan losses
     (22,530 )                     (14,960 )                     (9,002 )                
Non-earning assets
     176,265                       157,741                       142,076                  
Total Assets
   $ 1,763,299                     $ 1,696,144                     $ 1,599,785                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
                                                                        
Interest-bearing demand deposits
   $ 115,478     $ 387       .34 %   $ 107,869     $ 195       .18 %   $ 104,693     $ 257       .25 %
Interest-bearing money markets
     286,639       2,418        .84       283,430       2,802        .99       310,057       6,649        2.14  
Savings deposits
     83,734       566       .68       76,703       498       .65       80,812       1,035       1.28  
Time deposits:
                                                                        
     Less than $100
     366,922       7,802       2.13       323,409       9,241       2.86       239,211       10,220       4.27  
     $100 or more
     388,945       6,910       1.78       355,589       7,480       2.10       339,110       12,621       3.72  
Short-term borrowings
     45,055       283       .63       44,473       318       .72       55,243       1,022       1.85  
Long-term borrowings
     252,889       10,798       4.27       274,718       11,570       4.21       254,680       11,239       4.41  
Total interest-bearing liabilities
      1,539,662        29,164       1.89 %      1,466,191        32,104       2.19 %      1,383,806        43,043       3.11 %
Non-interest-bearing deposits
     109,145                       110,883                       106,124                  
Other liabilities
     13,507                       16,240                       14,595                  
Shareholders’ Equity
     100,985                       102,830                       95,260                  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
   $ 1,763,299                     $ 1,696,144                     $ 1,599,785                  
Net interest income and spread
           $ 43,566       2.63 %           $ 55,374       3.44 %           $ 54,019       3.51 %
Net interest margin
                     2.71 %                     3.56 %                     3.68 %
 
NOTES:
--The above table reflects the average rates earned or paid stated on a tax equivalent basis assuming a tax rate of 35% for 2010, 2009 and 2008. The fully taxable equivalent adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $1,983, $1,613 and $1,846, respectively.
--The average balances of non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, which were reported in the average loan balances for these years, were $42,506, $39,851 and $23,517, respectively.
--Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets.
--The average yields on investments are based on amortized cost.
 
[30]
 
 
Interest Variance Analysis (1)
Table 2
   
2010 Compared to 2009
    
2009 Compared to 2008
  
(In thousands and tax equivalent basis)
  
Volume
    
Rate
    
Net
    
Volume
    
Rate
    
Net
  
Interest Income:
                                    
   Loans
   $ (3,328 )   $ (3,828 )   $ (7,156 )   $ 3,097     $ (9,241 )   $ (6,144 )
   Taxable Investments
     (2,829 )     (4,753 )     (7,582 )     (3,543 )     (199 )     (3,742 )
   Non-taxable Investments
     (247 )     (197 )     (444 )     971       (238 )     733  
   Federal funds sold
     313       13       326       95       (3 )     92  
   Other interest earning assets
     247       (139 )     108       59       (582 )     (523 )
Total interest income
     (5,844 )     (8,904 )     (14,748 )     679       (10,263 )     (9,584 )
                               
Interest Expense:
                              
   Interest-bearing demand deposits
     26       166       192       6       (68 )     (62 )
   Interest-bearing money markets
     27       (411 )     (384 )     (263 )     (3,584 )     (3,847 )
   Savings deposits
     47       21       68       (27 )     (510 )     (537 )
   Time deposits less than $100
     925       (2,364 )     (1,439 )     2,406       (3,385 )     (979 )
   Time deposits $100 or more
     593       (1,163 )     (570 )     347       (5,488 )     (5,141 )
   Short-term borrowings
     4       (39 )     (35 )     (77 )     (627 )     (704 )
   Long-term borrowings
     (932 )     160       (772 )     844       (513 )     331  
Total interest expense
     690       (3,630 )     (2,940 )     3,236       (14,175 )     (10,939 )
                               
Net interest income
   $ (6,534 )   $ (5,274 )   $ (11,808 )   $ (2,557 )   $ 3,912     $ 1,355  
 
 
Note:
  
 
(1)
The change in interest income/expense due to both volume and rate has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses was $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $15.6 million for the same period of 2009. The slight increase in the provision for loan losses resulted from increases in the rolling historical loss rates and qualitative factors utilized in the determination of the allowance for loans collectively evaluated. Management strives to ensure that the Allowance for Loan Losses reflects a level commensurate with the risk inherent in our loan portfolio.

Other Operating Income

The following table shows the major components of other operating income for the past two years, exclusive of net losses, and the percentage changes during these years:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
    
% Change
  
Service charges on deposit accounts
   $ 3,765     $ 4,992       -24.6 %
Other service charge income
     758       466       62.7 %
Debit card income
     1,580       1,404       12.5 %
Trust department income
     4,096       3,665       11.8 %
Insurance commissions
     2,712       2,888       -6.1 %
Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)
     1,019       559       82.3 %
Brokerage commissions
     694       593       17.0 %
Other income
     320       823       -61.1 %
Total other operating income
   $ 14,944     $ 15,390       -2.9 %

As the table above illustrates, other operating income decreased by $.4 million in 2010 when compared to 2009, exclusive of net losses. The decline in service charges on deposit accounts was due primarily to a reduction in NSF fees, increased charge-off overdrafts and the new overdraft regulation implemented in August 2010 as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act. The creation of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection and its proposed regulation of overdraft fees and interchange fees could have a negative impact on service charge income in the future. Whether this will occur and the extent to which it will reduce service charge income is uncertain at this time. We also experienced decreases in other income such as fee income from our investments in Maryland and West Virginia title companies.
 
 
[31]
 
 
Trust department income increased during 2010 when compared to 2009 due to an increase in assets under management and the fees received on those account. Assets under management were $590 million and $544 million for years 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Insurance commissions decreased in 2010 when compared to 2009 due to reduced premiums and contingency income. Contingency income is received from the insurance carriers based upon claims histories and varies from year to year.
 
We experienced an increase in Bank Owned Life Insurance earnings of $.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the same period in 2009 due to the surrender of the separate account and purchase of general account contracts during the fourth quarter of 2009.
 
Other Operating Expense
 
Other operating expense for 2010 decreased $2.1 million (4.4%) when compared to 2009. The following table shows the major components of other operating expense for the past two years and the percentage changes during these years:

(Dollars in thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
    
% Change
  
Salaries and employee benefits
   $ 21,307     $ 22,917       -7.0 %
Other expenses
     10,386       10,953       -5.2 %
FDIC premiums
     4,017       3,966       1.3 %
Equipment
     3,197       3,409       -6.2 %
Occupancy
     2,977       2,822       5.5 %
Data processing
     2,637       2,511       5.0 %
Total other operating expense
   $ 44,521     $ 46,578       -4.4 %

The $1.6 million decrease in salaries and employee benefits during 2010 when compared to 2009 resulted from reduced service costs in the pension plan and elimination of all performance based pay for employees and management. Other expenses decreased by 5.2% due primarily to decreases in marketing, legal and professional, and consulting expenses. The reduction in equipment expense resulted from a decrease in depreciation.
 
Applicable Income Taxes
 
Due to the net loss incurred in 2010, we recognized a net tax benefit of $8.0 million, compared to a net tax benefit of $8.5 million in 2009. The net tax benefits generated in 2010 and 2009 resulted primarily from the non-cash OTTI charges on our investment portfolio of $8.4 million and $26.7 million, respectively, and the increased loan loss provision. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Income Taxes” for detailed analysis of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance has been provided for the state tax loss carry forwards of $1.2 million included in deferred tax assets which will expire commencing in 2019.
 
We have concluded that no valuation allowance is deemed necessary for our remaining federal and state net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010, as it is more likely than not that they will be realized based on the following:

·  
the expected reversal of all but $1.3 million of the total $6.9 million of deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2010 in such a manner to substantially utilize the dollar for dollar impact against the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010;
·  
for the remaining excess deferred tax assets that will not be utilized by the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, our expected future income will be sufficient to utilize the deferred tax assets as they reverse or before any net operating loss, if created, would expire; and
·  
several tax planning strategies that can provide both one-time increases to taxable income of up to approximately $6.5 million and recurring annual decreases in unfavorable permanent items.
 
 
[32]
 
 
We will need to generate future taxable income of approximately $70 million to fully utilize the net deferred tax assets in the years in which they are expected to reverse. Management estimates that we can fully utilize the deferred tax assets in approximately seven years based on the historical pre-tax income and forecasts of estimated future pre-tax income as adjusted for permanent book to tax differences.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW
 
Overview
 
Our total assets decreased to $1.70 billion at December 31, 2010, representing a decrease of $47.4 million (2.7%) from year-end 2009.
 
The total interest-earning asset mix at December 31, 2010 shows a decline in the percentage of loans and investments as a percentage of total assets from 2009 to 2010 as we increased our cash and cash equivalents for liquidity purposes. The mix for each year is illustrated below:

   
Year End Percentage of Total Assets
  
   
2010
    
2009
  
Cash and cash equivalents
     18 %     11 %
Net loans
     58 %     63 %
Investments
     14 %     16 %
 
The year-end total liability mix has remained consistent during the two-year period as illustrated below.

   
Year End Percentage of Total Liabilities
  
   
2010
    
2009
  
Total deposits
     81 %     79 %
Total borrowings
     18 %     19 %

Loan Portfolio

The Bank is actively engaged in originating loans to customers primarily in Allegany County, Frederick County, Garrett County, and Washington County in Maryland, and in Berkeley County, Hardy County, Mineral County, and Monongalia County in West Virginia; and the surrounding regions of West Virginia and Pennsylvania. We have policies and procedures designed to mitigate credit risk and to maintain the quality of our loan portfolio. These policies include underwriting standards for new credits as well as continuous monitoring and reporting policies for asset quality and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. These policies, coupled with ongoing training efforts, have provided effective checks and balances for the risk associated with the lending process. Lending authority is based on the type of the loan, and the experience of the lending officer.
 
Commercial loans are collateralized primarily by real estate and, to a lesser extent, equipment and vehicles. Unsecured commercial loans represent an insignificant portion of total commercial loans. Residential mortgage loans are collateralized by the related property. Any residential mortgage loan exceeding a specified internal loan-to-value ratio requires private mortgage insurance. Installment loans are typically collateralized, with loan-to-value ratios which are established based on the financial condition of the borrower. We will also make unsecured consumer loans to qualified borrowers meeting our underwriting standards. Additional information about our loans and underwriting policies can be found in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report under the caption “Banking Products and Services”.
 
Table 3 sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio. Historically, our policy has been to make the majority of our loan commitments in our market areas. We had no foreign loans in our portfolio as of December 31 for any of the periods presented.

 
[33]
 
 
Summary of Loan Portfolio
 
Table 3

The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio for the past five years:

(In millions)
  
2010
    
2009
    
2008
    
2007
    
2006
  
Commercial real estate
   $ 348.6     $ 326.8     $ 322.4     $ 232.1     $ 203.3  
Acquisition and development
     156.9       231.7       227.0       231.0       188.0  
Commercial and industrial
     70.0       81.3       77.7       81.5       68.9  
Residential mortgage
     356.7       373.2       382.0       357.3       339.9  
Consumer
     77.6       108.9       125.4       141.4       163.6  
   Total Loans
   $ 1,009.8     $ 1,121.9     $ 1,134.5     $ 1,043.3     $ 963.7  

Comparing loans at December 31, 2010 to loans at December 31, 2009, our loan portfolio decreased by $112.1 million (10%). Commercial real estate loans increased $21.8 million as management focused on growing the small business loan portfolio and as certain acquisition and development loans, which decreased $74.8 million, were completed and transferred to permanent financing. The acquisition and development category also declined due to charged-off balances, foreclosures, and working some troubled credits out of the Bank. Commercial and industrial loans declined $11.3 million and residential mortgage declined $16.5 million. The decrease in the residential mortgage portfolio is attributable to the increased amount of loan refinancings that are occurring as consumers seek long-term fixed rate loans. We do not retain these long-term fixed rate loans, but use secondary market and Fannie Mae outlets to satisfy these loan requests. The consumer portfolio declined $31.3 million as repayment activity in the indirect auto portfolio exceeded new production resulting from the continued slowdown in economic activity and management’s decision not to compete with the special financing offered by the automotive manufacturers. Indirect auto loans comprise the largest percentage of consumer loans, 72% at December 31, 2010 and 75% at December 31, 2009.
 
At December 31, 2010, adjustable interest rate loans made up 38% of total loans, compared to 62% at December 31, 2009. Fixed–interest rate loans made up 62% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, compared to 38% of total loans at December 31, 2009.
 
Comparing loans at December 31, 2009 to loans at December 31, 2008, our loan portfolio decreased by $12.6 million (1%). Growth in commercial real estate loans ($4.4 million), acquisition and development loans ($4.7 million) and commercial and industrial loans ($3.6 million) was offset by a decline in our residential mortgage portfolio ($8.8 million) and a decline in our consumer portfolio ($16.5 million). The decrease in consumer loans was primarily attributable to a decline in the indirect loan portfolio resulting from a slowdown in economic activity and management’s de-emphasis of this form of lending product.
 
The following table sets forth the maturities, based upon contractual dates, for selected loan categories as of December 31, 2010:
 
Maturities of Loan Portfolio at December 31, 2010
 
Table 4
 
 
(In thousands)
  
Maturing Within
One Year
    
After One But Within Five Years
    
Maturing After Five Years
    
 
Total
  
Commercial Real Estate
   $ 29,237     $ 82,555     $ 236,792     $ 348,584  
Acquisition and Development
     63,182       22,868       70,842       156,892  
Commercial and Industrial
     15,091       31,525       23,376       69,992  
Residential Mortgage
     18,784       9,667       328,291       356,742  
Consumer
     7,676       62,544       7,323       77,543  
Total Loans
   $ 133,970     $ 209,159     $ 666,624     $ 1,009,753  
                                 
Classified by Sensitivity to Change in Interest Rates
                                
Fixed-Interest Rate Loans
   $ 37,185     $ 178,898     $ 166,950     $ 383,033  
Adjustable-Interest Rate Loans
     96,785       30,261       499,674       626,720  
Total Loans
   $ 133,970     $ 209,159     $ 666,624     $ 1,009,753  
 
 
[34]
 
 
Our policy is to place loans on non-accrual status, except for consumer loans, whenever there is substantial doubt about the ability of a borrower to pay principal or interest on the outstanding credit. Management considers such factors as payment history, the nature of the collateral securing the loan, and the overall economic situation of the borrower when making a non-accrual decision. Management closely monitors the status of all non-accrual loans. A non-accruing loan is restored to accrual status when principal and interest payments have been brought current, it becomes well secured, or is in the process of collection and the prospects of future contractual payments are no longer in doubt. Generally, consumer installment loans are not placed on non-accrual status, but are charged off after they are 120 days contractually past due.
 
Table 5 sets forth the amounts of non-accrual, past-due and restructured loans for the past five years:

Risk Elements of Loan Portfolio
 
Table 5
   
At December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
    
2008
    
2007
    
2006
  
Non-accrual loans:
                              
   Commercial real estate
   $ 11,893     $ 4,046     $ 2,175     $ 382     $ 3,100  
   Acquisition and development
     16,269       37,244       16,520       4,977       --  
   Commercial and industrial
     1,355       --       2,338       --       --  
   Residential mortgage
     5,236       5,227       3,434       60       66  
   Consumer
     152       67       86       24       24  
     Total non-accrual loans
   $ 34,905     $ 46,584     $ 24,553     $ 5,443     $ 3,190  
                                         
Accruing Loans Past Due 90 days or more:
                                        
   Commercial real estate
   $ --     $ --     $ 513     $ 166     $ --  
   Acquisition and development
     128       --       430       975       --  
   Commercial and industrial
     44       --       174       563       122  
   Residential mortgage
     2,437       1,483       1,686       1,004       146  
   Consumer
     183       287       673       552       351  
     Total accruing loans past due 90 days or
       more
   $ 2,792     $ 1,770     $ 3,476     $ 3,260     $ 619  
                                         
Total non-accrual and accruing loans past due  90 days or more
   $ 37,697     $ 48,354     $ 28,029     $ 8,703     $ 3,809  
                                         
Restructured Loans (TDRs):
                                        
   Performing
   $ 5,506     $ 22,160     $ 349     $ --     $ 522  
   Non-accrual (included above)
     9,593       13,321       119       --       --  
     Total TDRs
   $ 15,099     $ 35,481     $ 468     $ --     $ 522  
                                         
Other Real Estate Owned
   $ 18,072     $ 7,591     $ 2,424     $ 825     $ 23  
                                         
                                         
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance
   $ 42,890     $ 102,553     $ 66,816     $ 6,814     $ --  
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance
     19,713       28,677       16,519       176     $ 127  
   Total impaired loans
   $ 62,603     $ 131,230     $ 83,335     $ 6,990     $ 127  
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans
   $ 4,366     $ 7,624     $ 4,759     $ 176     $ 127  

 
[35]
 
 
Non-Accrual Loans as a % of Applicable Portfolio
  
   
2010
    
2009
    
2008
    
2007
    
2006
  
Commercial real estate
     3.4 %     1.2 %     .7 %     .2 %     1.5 %
Acquisition and development
     10.4 %     16.1 %     7.3 %     2.2 %     --  
Commercial and industrial
     1.9 %     --       3.0 %     --       --  
Residential mortgage
     1.5 %     1.4 %     .9 %     .02 %     .02 %
Consumer
     .2 %     .1 %     .1 %     .02 %     .01 %

Interest income not recognized as a result of placing loans on non-accrual status was $1.7 million and there was no interest income recognized in net income on these loans during 2010.
 
Performing loans considered to be impaired (including performing restructured loans, or TDRs), as defined and identified by management, amounted to $27.7 million at December 31, 2010 and $84.6 million at December 31, 2009. Loans are identified as impaired when, based on current information and events, management determines that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to contractual terms. These loans consist primarily of acquisition and development loans and commercial real estate loans. The fair values are generally determined based upon independent third party appraisals of the collateral. Management applies a sensitivity analysis to appraised values based upon an internally prepared grid that considers the age of the third party appraisal and the geographic region where the collateral is located. Generally, if the appraisal is more than 18 months old, a new appraisal is obtained. Valuations are typically based on an “as is” appraised value. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of one loan totaling $3.4 million was determined using discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. Specific allocations have been made where management believes there is insufficient collateral to repay the loan balance if liquidated and there is no secondary source of repayment available.
 
The level of performing impaired loans (other than performing TDRs) declined $45.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. In 2009, due to the deteriorating credit environment, management made a concerted effort to reduce the risk in our portfolio by enhancing efforts to structure plans for some of our larger impaired credits to maximize their collectability by converting interest only lines of credit to amortizing term loans. During 2010, as loans demonstrated sustained payment performance, management determined that we should be able to collect full contractual principal and interest and, accordingly, removed them from an impaired status. During 2010, $35.3 million of loans were removed from impaired status due to satisfactory payment performance, another $5.2 million of loans were paid off and $1.1 million in principal reductions were received. In 2010, $3.4 million of previously performing impaired loans were transferred to non-accrual or foreclosure and $2.2 million were transferred to performing TDRs. One loan totaling $0.7 million and four loans totaling $1.0 million of loans reclassified from performing TDRs were added to performing impaired loans in 2010. Management will continue to monitor loans that have been removed from an impaired status and take appropriate steps in an effort to ensure that satisfactory performance is sustained.
 
The level of TDRs declined $20.4 million during 2010, with five loans totaling $3.1 million added to performing TDRs, three loans totaling $1.0 million added to non-performing TDRs and $24.7 million removed from TDR reporting. Five non-accrual TDRs totaling $4.1 million were foreclosed on and one non-accrual TDR had a partial charge-off of $2.3 million. Another $1.6 million TDR that had been performing was fully charged-off during the year. Two performing TDRs totaling $2.6 million paid off during 2010. Loans that had been modified in 2009 at market rates, totaling $14.1 million, were removed from performing TDR status during 2010 because the borrowers made at least six consecutive payments and were current at December 31, 2010.
 
[36]
 
 
The following table presents the details of TDRs by loan class at and for the year ended December 31, 2010:

   
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings at Period End
    
New Troubled Debt Restructurings in
YTD Period
    
Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted during Prior 12 Months
  
 
(In thousands)
  
Number of Contracts
    
Recorded Investment
    
Number of Contracts
    
Recorded Investment
    
Number of Contracts
    
Recorded Investment
  
December 31, 2010
                                    
  Commercial real estate
                                    
     Non owner-occupied
     2     $ 1,630       --     $ --       --     $ --  
     All other CRE
     --       --       --       --       --       --  
  Acquisition and development
                                                
     1-4 family residential construction
     --       --       1       324       2       469  
     All other A&D
     9       9,139       3       3,185       2       3,357  
  Commercial and industrial
     2       2,072       --       --       1       1,561  
  Residential mortgage
                                                
     Residential mortgage - term
     9       2,258       4       623       1       249  
     Residential mortgage – home equity
     --       --       --       --       --       --  
  Consumer
     --       --       --       --       --       --  
        Total
     22     $ 15,099       8     $ 4,132       6     $ 5,636  

At December 31, 2010, additional funds of up to $1.9 million are committed to be advanced in connection with TDRs. Interest income not recognized due to rate modifications of TDRs was $47,000 and interest income recognized in income was $.4 million in 2010.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
An allowance for loan losses is maintained to absorb losses from the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification and size of the portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience, and the amount of non-performing loans.
 
The allowance for loan losses is based on estimates, and actual losses will vary from current estimates. These estimates are reviewed quarterly, and as adjustments, either positive or negative, become necessary, a corresponding increase or decrease is made in the allowance for loan losses. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is consistent with prior years. An estimate for probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit and binding but unfunded loan commitments is also prepared. This estimate is computed in a manner similar to the methodology described above, adjusted for the probability of actually funding the commitment.
 
The allowance for loan losses increased to $22.1 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $20.1 million at December 31, 2009. The provision for loan losses remained stable for the year ended December 31, 2010 at $15.7 million compared to $15.6 million for the same period of 2009. Net charge-offs increased to $13.7 million at December 31, 2010 from $9.8 million at December 31, 2009. As part of our loan review process, management has noted an increase in foreclosures and bankruptcies in the geographic areas in which we operate. Additionally, the current economic environment has caused a decline in real estate sales. Consequently, we have closely reviewed and applied sensitivity analyses to collateral values to more adequately measure potential future losses. Where necessary, we have obtained new appraisals on collateral. Specific allocations of the allowance have been provided in these instances where losses may occur. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of the allowance was equal to 2.19% of total loans.
 
Historical charge-off rates are utilized in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses based on a rolling eight quarter average for commercial loans and a rolling twelve quarter average for consumer loans. Year-to-date charge-offs include $2.3 million for two loans in the acquisition and development portfolio that were transferred to other real estate owned, a $1.6 million charge-off of one loan in the commercial and industrial portfolio, and $5.2 million of partial charge-offs for three loans in the acquisition and development portfolio. These charge-offs were the primary contributors of the annualized net charge-off loss rate of 4.46% in the acquisition and development portfolio and 2.23% in the commercial and industrial portfolio. The 1.34% annualized charge-off rate in the consumer loan portfolio is the result of our policy of charging off these loans after they are 120 days contractually past due. Accruing loans past due 30 days or more increased to 3.6% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 from 2.5% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2009. This increase was due to an increase in the consumer portfolio delinquency rates from 4.9% at December 31, 2009 to 5.2% at December 31, 2010 and an increase in the commercial portfolios delinquency rate from 0.8% to 2.0% in the same time period. The rate of loans entering delinquency remained consistent in the commercial portfolios, with loans 30 days past due increasing slightly from 0.6% of those portfolios at December 31, 2009 to 0.7% at December 31, 2010.
 
 
[37]
 
 
As a result of management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio using the factors and methodology described above, management believes the allowance for loan losses is appropriate as of December 31, 2010.
 
The balance of the allowance for loan losses increased to $20.1 million at December 31, 2009, from $14.3 million at December 31, 2008. Several factors contributed to the $5.8 million increase in the balance of the allowance in 2009, including: a significant increase in the balance of non-accrual loans, from $24.6 million in 2008 to $46.6 million in 2009; changes to the qualitative factors which are reviewed quarterly and reflect the current economic environment; an increase in impaired loans from $83.3 million in 2008 to $131.2 million in 2009; and an increase in the percentage of net charge-offs to average outstanding loans from .54% in 2008 to .87% in 2009. Non-accrual loans and impaired loans consisted primarily of real estate development loans and commercial real estate that had experienced a slowdown in the level of sales activity during the year. All of these types of credit facilities were thoroughly reviewed by management during 2009 as to the adequacy of the collateral, the valuation of collateral, secondary sources of repayment, and other credit quality attributes. Collateral valuations were also subject to a sensitivity and shock analysis in order to identify loans that may not have had sufficient collateral in the event of a significant decline in the market value of the collateral. As a result of these extensive reviews, specific allocations of the allowance were made for several loans. At December 31, 2009, the balance of the allowance was equal to 1.79% of total loans, which was 2.0 times the amount of net charge-offs for the year.
 
Table 6 presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by major loan category for the past five years.
 
Analysis of Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Table 6
   
For the Years Ended December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
    
2008
    
2007
    
2006
  
Balance, January 1
   $ 20,090     $ 14,347     $ 7,304     $ 6,530     $ 6,416  
Charge-offs:
                                        
   Commercial real estate
     (543 )     (729 )     (109 )     (10 )     (43 )
   Acquisition and development
     (9,770 )     (3,902 )     (838 )     (211 )     --  
   Commercial and industrial
     (2,225 )     (2,246 )     (2,951 )     (152 )     (316 )
   Residential mortgage
     (2,008 )     (1,495 )     (672 )     (213 )     (72 )
   Consumer
     (1,791 )     (2,413 )     (2,025 )     (1,636 )     (1,144 )
     Total charge-offs
     (16,337 )     (10,785 )     (6,595 )     (2,222 )     (1,575 )
Recoveries:
                                        
   Commercial real estate
     94       103       --       --       --  
   Acquisition and development
     1,097       40       23       --       --  
   Commercial and industrial
     538       201       33       45       111  
   Residential mortgage
     391       80       120       14       4  
   Consumer
     539       516       537       625       409  
     Total recoveries
     2,659       940       713       684       524  
     Net credit losses
     (13,678 )     (9,845 )     (5,882 )     (1,538 )     (1,051 )
Provision for loan losses
     15,726       15,588       12,925       2,312       1,165  
Balance at end of period
   $ 22,138     $ 20,090     $ 14,347     $ 7,304     $ 6,530  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding (as %)
     2.19 %     1.79 %     1.26 %     0.70 %     0.68 %
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding during the period, annualized (as %)
     1.28 %     0.87 %     0.54 %     0.15 %     0.11 %
 
 
[38]
 
 
Table 7 presents management’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses by major loan category in comparison to that loan category’s percentage of total loans. Changes in the allocation over time reflect changes in the composition of the loan portfolio risk profile and refinements to the methodology of determining the allowance. Specific allocations in any particular category may be reallocated in the future as needed to reflect current conditions. Accordingly, the entire allowance is considered available to absorb losses in any category.

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
Table 7
   
For the Years Ended December 31,
  
 
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
% of Total Loans
    
2009
    
% of Total Loans
    
2008
    
% of Total Loans
    
2007
    
% of Total Loans
    
2006
    
% of Total Loans
  
Commercial real estate
   $ 8,658       35 %   $ 5,351       29 %   $ 3,289       28 %   $ 1,568       22 %   $ 1,078       21 %
Acquisition and development
     6,345       16 %      7,922       21 %     3,396       20 %     1,641       22 %     879       20 %
Commercial and industrial
     1,345       7 %     1,945       7 %     2,318       7 %     615       8 %     1,027       7 %
Residential mortgage
     4,211       35 %     3,061       33 %     3,437       34 %     1,830       34 %     1,737       35 %
Consumer
     1,579       7 %     1,811       10 %     1,907       11 %     1,650       14 %     1,809       17 %
Total
   $ 22,138       100 %   $ 20,090       100 %   $ 14,347       100 %   $ 7,304       100 %   $ 6,530       100 %

Investment Securities

Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are held for an indefinite period of time and may be sold in response to changing market and interest rate conditions or for liquidity purposes as part of our overall asset/liability management strategy. Available-for-sale securities are reported at market value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income included in shareholders’ equity, net of applicable income taxes. For additional information, see Notes 1 and 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.

The following sets forth the composition of our securities portfolio available-for-sale, reported at fair value, by major category as of the indicated dates:

Table 8
   
At December 31,
  
   
2010
    
2009
    
2008
  
 
(In thousands)
  
Amortized Cost
    
Fair Value (FV)
    
FV As %
of Total
    
Amortized Cost
    
Fair Value (FV)
    
FV As %
of Total
    
Amortized Cost
    
Fair Value (FV)
    
FV As %
of Total
  
Securities Available-for-Sale:                                                      
U.S. government  
agencies
   $ 24,813     $ 24,850       11 %   $ 68,487     $ 68,263       25 %   $ 111,938     $ 113,645       32 %
Residential mortgage-
backed agencies
     98,109       99,613       43 %     59,640       62,573       23 %     80,354       82,561       23 %
Collateralized mortgage obligations
     763       662       1 %     40,809       33,197       12 %     51,753       40,638       12 %
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
     94,250       94,724       41 %     95,190       97,303       35 %     95,876       93,485       26 %
Collateralized debt
obligations
      36,533        9,838       4 %      44,478        12,448       5 %      70,324        24,266       7 %
Total
   $ 254,468     $ 229,687       100 %   $ 308,604     $ 273,784       100 %   $ 410,245     $ 354,595       100 %
 
Total investment securities decreased $44.1 million during 2010 when compared to the balance at December 31, 2009. During the first quarter of 2010, we embarked on a restructuring of our available-for-sale investment portfolio with goals of reducing sensitivity to future increases in interest rates and reducing future negative credit exposure. As part of this restructuring, available for sale securities with an aggregate fair value of $117.1 million were transferred to the trading portfolio, comprised of $20.0 million from the collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”) portfolio, $89.6 million from the U.S. government agency and residential mortgage-backed agency portfolios, and $7.5 million from the municipal securities portfolio. Unrealized losses of $5.1 million and unrealized gains of $2.9 million were recognized in earnings at the time of transfer. The bonds selected for transfer to trading and ultimate sale were chosen to maximize the following benefits: a reduction of extension and price risk in a rising interest rate environment; recognition of gains on callable agency securities and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities that will disappear with rising rates; and improvement in the credit quality of the portfolio through reduction of the private label CMO portfolio with the most exposure to potential credit risk.
 
 
[39]
 
As of December 31, 2010, all of the aforementioned securities had been sold, resulting in an additional $.3 million net loss on the trading transaction. As of December 31, 2010, the replacement securities had been purchased except for approximately $26 million, which is reflected in the increase in cash. Management anticipates that any future acquired replacement securities will be shorter term in nature, structured to take advantage of higher interest rates through incorporation of staggered cash flows, and collateral eligible, (providing additional liquidity to the portfolio).
 
At December 31, 2010, the securities classified as available-for-sale included a net unrealized loss of $24.8 million, which represents the difference between the fair value and amortized cost of securities in the portfolio and is primarily attributable to the collateralized debt obligations.
 
As discussed in Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, we measure fair market values based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Level 3 prices or valuation techniques require inputs that are both significant to the valuation assumptions and are not readily observable in the market (i.e. supported with little or no market activity). These Level 3 instruments are valued based on both observable and unobservable inputs derived from the best available data, some of which is internally developed, and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.
 
Approximately $219.8 million of the available-for-sale portfolio was valued using Level 2 pricing, and had net unrealized gains of $1.9 million at December 31, 2010. The remaining $9.8 million of the securities available-for-sale represents the entire CDO portfolio, which was valued using significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 pricing. The $26.7 million in unrealized losses associated with this portfolio relates to 18 pooled trust preferred securities that comprise the CDO portfolio. Unrealized losses of $18.2 million represent non-credit related OTTI charges on 13 of the securities, while $8.5 million of unrealized losses relates to five securities which have no credit related OTTI. The unrealized losses on these securities are primarily attributable to continued depression in the marketability and liquidity associated with CDOs.
 
The following table provides a summary of the trust preferred securities in the CDO portfolio and the credit status of the securities as of December 31, 2010.
 
Level 3 Investment Securities Available for Sale
 
      (Dollars in Thousands)        
Investment Description
    
First United Level 3 Investments
    
Security Credit Status
  
Deal  
Class
    
Amortized
Cost
    
Fair
Market
Value
    
Unrealized Gain/(Loss)
    
Lowest
Credit
Rating
    
Original Collateral
    
Deferrals/ Defaults
as % of
Original Collateral
    
Performing
Collateral
    
Collateral Support
    
Collateral
Support as
% of
Performing
Collateral
    
Number of
Performing
Issuers/Total
Issuers
  
Preferred Term Security I  
Mezz
       769       325       (444 )     C       303,112       32.66 %     160,500       (51,655 )     -32.18 %     20/29  
Preferred Term Security XI•
     B-1       1,382       456       (926 )     C       635,775       27.49 %     426,995       (122,134 )     -28.60 %     47/65  
Preferred Term Security XVI*
     C       173       39       (134 )     C       606,040       39.77 %     334,545       (164,944 )     -49.30 %     36/56  
Preferred Term Security XVIII
     C       2,042       556       (1,486 )     C       676,565       24.61 %     510,045       (86,113 )     -16.88 %     54/80  
Preferred Term Security XVIII*
     C       3,056       834       (2222 )     C       676,565       24.61 %     510,045       (86,113 )     -16.88 %     54/80  
Preferred Term Security XIX*
     C       1,326       240       (1,086 )     C       700,535       24.61 %     528,135       (100,753 )     -19.08 %     51/73  
Preferred Term Security XIX*
     C       2,222       400       (1,822 )     C       700,535       24.61 %     528,135       (100,753 )     -19.08 %     51/73  
Preferred Term Security XIX*
     C       3,060       560       (2,500 )     C       700,535       24.61 %     528,135       (100,753 )     -19.08 %     51/73  
Preferred Term Security XIX*     C       1,324       240       (1,084 )     C       700,535      
24.61
 %     528,135       (100,753 )     -19.08 %     51/73  
Preferred Term Security XXII*
     C-1       3,943       607       (3,336 )     C       1,386,600       29.75 %     974,100       (234,693 )     -24.09 %     63/97  
Preferred Term Security XXII*
     C-1       1,577       243       (1,334 )     C       1,386,600       29.75 %     974,100       (234,693 )     -24.09 %     63/97  
Preferred Term Secunty XXIII*
     C-1       2,018       514       (1,504 )     C       1,467,000       24.85 %     1,023,500       (188,907 )     -18.46 %     92/124  
Preferred Term Security XXBI*
     D-1       683       75       (608 )     C       1,467,000       24.85 %     1,023,500       (296,163 )     -28.94 %     92/124  
Preferred Term Security XXIII*
     D-1       2,049       226       (1,823 )     C       1,467,000       24.85 %     1,023,500       (296,163 )     -28.94 %     92/124  
Preferred Term Security XXIV*
     C-1       909       77       (832 )     C       1,050,600       37.58 %     655,800       (284,796 )     -43.43 %     58/92  
Preferred Term Security I-P-I
     B-2       2,000       1,024       (976 )  
CCC-
       351,000       4.99 %     176,000       16,035       9.11 %     16/17  
Preferred Term Security I-P-IV
     B-1       3,000       1,283       (1,717 )  
CCC-
       325,000       11.08 %     275,250       7,761       2.82 %     29/32  
Preferred Term Security I-P-IV
     B-1       5,000       2,139       (2,861 )  
CCC-
       325,000       11.08 %     275,250       7,761       2.82 %     29/32  
                                                                                       
Total Level 3 Securities Available for Sale       36,533       9,838       (26,695 )                                                      
 
* Security has been deemed other-than-temporary impaired and loss has been recognized in accordance with ASC Section 320-10-35.
 
[40]
 
 
The terms of the debentures underlying trust preferred securities in our investment portfolio allow the issuers of the debentures to defer interest payments for up to 20 quarters, and, in such case, the terms of the related trust preferred securities allow their issuers to defer dividend payments for up to 20 quarters. Some of the issuers of the trust preferred securities in our investment portfolio have defaulted and/or deferred payments ranging from 4.99% to 39.77% of the total collateral balances underlying the securities. The securities were designed to include structural features that provide investors with credit enhancement or support to provide default protection by subordinated tranches. These features include over-collateralization of the notes or subordination, excess interest or spread which will redirect funds in situations where collateral is insufficient, and a specified order of principal payments. There are securities in our portfolio that are under-collateralized, and this fact represents additional stress on our tranche. However, in these cases, the terms of the securities require excess interest to be redirected from subordinate tranches as credit support, which provides additional support to our investment.
 
Management systematically evaluates securities for impairment on a quarterly basis. Based upon application of Topic 320 (ASC Section 320-10-35), management must assess whether (a) it has the intent to sell the security and (b) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. If neither applies, then declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are considered other-than-temporary declines are split into two components. The first is the loss attributable to declining credit quality. Credit losses are recognized in earnings as realized losses in the period in which the impairment determination is made. The second component consists of all other losses. The other losses are recognized in other comprehensive income. In estimating OTTI charges, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area, (3) the historic and implied volatility of the security, (4) changes in the rating of a security by a rating agency, (5) recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date, (6) failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest payments, and (7) the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future. Due to the duration and the significant market value decline in the pooled trust preferred securities held in our portfolio, we performed more extensive testing on these securities for purposes of evaluating whether or not an OTTI has occurred.
 
The market for these securities at December 31, 2010 is not active and markets for similar securities are also not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which these securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market is also inactive, as no new CDOs have been issued since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who are willing to transact for these securities. The market values for these securities, or any securities other than those issued or guaranteed by the Treasury , are very depressed relative to historical levels. Therefore, in the current market, a low market price for a particular bond may only provide evidence of stress in the credit markets in general rather than being an indicator of credit problems with a particular issue. Given the conditions in the current debt markets and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and new issue markets, management has determined that (a) the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for the purpose of obtaining fair value at December 31, 2010, (b) an income valuation approach technique (i.e. present value) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of observable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than a market approach, and (c) the CDO segment is appropriately classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy because management determined that significant adjustments were required to determine fair value at the measurement date.
 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, management utilized an independent third party to prepare both the evaluations of OTTI as well as the fair value determinations for its CDO portfolio. In previous periods, management performed internal impairment valuations and utilized a third party service for the portfolio pricing. Management will continue to review the assumptions and results and does not believe that there were any material differences in the impairment evaluations and pricing between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.
 
The approach of the third party utilized beginning in the first quarter of 2010 to determine fair value involved several steps, including detailed credit and structural evaluation of each piece of collateral in each bond, default, recovery and prepayment/amortization probabilities for each piece of collateral in the bond, and discounted cash flow modeling. The discount rate methodology used by the third party combines a baseline current market yield for comparable corporate and structured credit products with adjustments based on evaluations of the differences found in structure and risks associated with actual and projected credit performance of each CDO being valued. Currently, the only active and liquid trading market that exists is for stand-alone trust preferred securities. Therefore, adjustments to the baseline discount rate are also made to reflect the additional leverage found in structured instruments.
 
 
[41]
 
 
Based upon a review of credit quality and the cash flow tests performed by the independent third party, management determined that two securities had an additional $.1 million of credit-related OTTI during the fourth quarter of 2010 and 12 securities with previously recorded OTTI had no further impairment. We recorded $8.4 million OTTI charges on the CDO securities in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Management does not intend to sell these securities nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to sell the securities prior to recovery. The risk-based capital ratios require that banks set aside additional capital for securities that are rated below investment grade. Securities rated one level below investment grade require a 200% risk weighting. Additional methods are applicable to securities rated more than one level below investment grade. Future declines in market value and credit related impairment charges on this portfolio are dependent upon the performance of the underlying collateral, the liquidity of the markets in which they trade and the assumptions used in the calculation of the impairment. Because these securities require additional capital be set aside for risk-based capital ratios, further recognition of OTTI charges will primarily impact earnings and Tier 1 capital. As of December 31, 2010, management believes that we maintain sufficient capital and liquidity to cover the additional capital requirements of these securities and future operating expenses. Additionally, we do not anticipate any material commitments or expected outlays of capital in the near term.
 
Table 9 sets forth the contractual or estimated maturities of the components of our securities portfolio as of December 31, 2010 and the weighted average yields on a tax-equivalent basis.

Investment Security Maturities, Yields, and Fair Values at December 31, 2010
 
Table 9
 
(In thousands)
  
Within 1 Year
    
1 Year To 5 Years
    
5 Years To 10 Years
    
Over 10 Years
    
Total Fair Value
  
Securities Available-for-Sale:
                              
U.S. government agencies
   $ --     $ 11,743     $ 8,049     $ 5,058     $ 24,850  
Residential mortgage-backed agencies
     --       91,274       8,339       --       99,613  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
     --       662       --       --       662  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
     2,421       4,830       11,443       76,030       94,724  
Collateralized debt obligations
     --       --       --       9,838       9,838  
Total
   $ 2,421     $ 108,509     $ 27,831     $ 90,926     $ 229,687  
                                         
Percentage of total
     1.05 %     47.24 %     12.12 %     39.59 %     100.00 %
Weighted average yield
     7.28 %     2.70 %     3.53 %     4.90 %     3.85 %

At December 31, 2010, we did not hold any securities in the name of one issuer exceeding 10% of shareholders’ equity. The weighted average yield was calculated using historical cost balances and does not give effect to changes in fair value.

Deposits
 
Table 10 sets forth the actual and average deposit balances by major category for 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
Deposit Balances
Table 10
   
2010
                
2009
                
2008
              
 
(In thousands)
  
Actual Balance
    
Average Balance
    
Average Yield
    
Actual Balance
    
Average Balance
    
Average Yield
    
Actual Balance
    
Average Balance
    
Average Yield
  
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits
   $ 121,142     $ 109,145       --     $ 106,976     $ 110,883       --     $ 107,749     $ 106,124       --  
Interest-bearing deposits:                                                                        
   Demand
     100,472       115,478       .34 %     100,856       107,869       .18 %     97,419       104,693       .25 %
   Money Market:                                                                        
      Retail
     217,401       218,571       .67 %     227,520       222,512       .90 %     312,866       231,035       2.05 %
      Brokered
     55,545       68,068       1.03 %     74,800       60,918       .96 %     83,458       79,022       .58 %
Savings deposits
     93,543       83,734       .68 %     76,504       76,703       .65 %     77,954       80,812       1.28 %
Time deposits less than $100K
     278,588       366,922       2.13 %     344,802       323,409       2.86 %     224,186       239,211       4.27 %
Time deposits $100K or more:                                                                        
   Retail
     221,564       127,590       1.18 %     138,877       143,589       2.68 %     183,832       112,999       4.37 %
   Brokered/CDARS
     213,391       261,355       2.38 %     233,831       212,000       1.01 %     243,174       226,111       2.24 %
      Total Deposits
   $ 1,301,646     $ 1,350,863             $ 1,304,166     $ 1,257,883             $ 1,222,889     $ 1,180,007          
 
 
[42]
 
 
Total deposits decreased $2.5 million during 2010 when compared to deposits at December 31, 2009. Non-interest bearing deposits increased $14.2 million. Traditional savings accounts increased $17.0 million offset by a $10.1 decline in retail money market accounts. Time deposits less than $100,000 declined $66.2 million and time deposits greater than $100,000 increased $62.2 million. The increase in time deposits greater than $100,000 was primarily due to a $48 million increase in the CDARs product for a local municipality. These funds are short-term and will mature by March 2011.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2010, $45 million of brokered certificates of deposit were repaid and $35 million of CDARs one-way buy funds were repaid. Although brokered deposits are at very low rates in the current environment, management made the decision to deploy a portion of the excess liquidity to reduce the volatility of the deposit base and to repay these funds rather than renew the borrowings.
 
The following table sets forth the maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more:

Maturity of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
Table 11
 
(In thousands)
  
December 31,
2010
  
Maturities
      
  3 Months or Less
   $ 140,311  
  3-6 Months
     54,159  
  6-12 Months
     107,207  
  Over 1 Year
     133,278  
  Total
   $ 434,955  
 
During 2009 and 2010, the Bank shifted its focus on certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, particularly brokered deposits, to longer-term maturities as we anticipate a flat to rising interest rate environment in the future. Due to the increased liquidity during 2010, management elected to repay $45 million in brokered certificates of deposit in the fourth quarter. Additionally, $45 million of CDARS balances will mature in the first quarter of 2011. As part of our 2011 strategic plan, we intend to reduce cash levels by paying off certain brokered deposits, FHLB advances and public money scheduled to mature in 2011. Our plan also includes strategies to change the composition of our deposit mix, focusing on lower cost, core deposits.

Borrowed Funds

The following shows the composition of our borrowings at December 31:
 
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
    
2008
  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
   $ 39,139     $ 47,563     $ 41,995  
Short-term FHLB advances
     --       --       8,500  
Total short-term borrowings
   $ 39,139     $ 47,563     $ 50,495  
                         
Long-term FHLB advances
   $ 196,370     $ 227,423     $ 241,474  
Junior subordinated debentures
     46,730       43,121       35,929  
Total long-term borrowings
     243,100       270,544       277,403  
                         
Total borrowings
   $ 282,239     $ 318,107     $ 327,898  
                         
Average balance (from Table 1)
   $ 297,944     $ 319,191     $ 309,923  
 
 
[43]
 
 
The following is a summary of short-term borrowings at December 31 with original maturities of less than one year:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
    
2008
  
Short-term FHLB advance, Daily borrowings, interest rate of 0.47% (at December 31, 2010)
     --       --     $ 8,500  
                         
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
                        
   Outstanding at end of year
   $ 39,139     $ 47,563     $ 41,995  
   Weighted average interest rate at year end
     0.72 %     0.66 %     1.33 %
   Maximum amount outstanding as of any month end
   $ 49,940     $ 50,052     $ 47,811  
   Average amount outstanding
     41,434       43,887       38,128  
   Approximate weighted average rate during the year
     0.68 %     0.71 %     1.46 %

Total borrowings decreased by $35.9 million or 11% in 2010 when compared to 2009, while the average balance of borrowings decreased by $21.2 million during the same period. This decrease in 2010 was due to the $8.4 million decline in short-term borrowings as our Treasury Management customers used their deposits during 2010 and the repayment of $30 million in long-term FHLB advances during the year. These decreases were offset by an increase of $3.6 million in TPS Debentures that were issued to Trust III in January 2010.
 
Total borrowings decreased by $9.8 million or 3% in 2009 when compared to 2008, while the average balance of borrowings increased by $9.3 million during the same period. This decrease in 2009 is due to having no overnight borrowings at December 31, 2009 and the repayment of a $13 million long-term FHLB advance during the year. These decreases were offset by an increase of $7.2 million in junior subordinated debentures that were issued to Trust III in December 2009. During 2008, the Bank took advantage of opportunities to borrow long-term FHLB advances and match these borrowings with specific interest earning assets where possible.
 
Management will continue to closely monitor interest rates within the context of its overall asset-liability management process. See the “Interest Rate Sensitivity” section of this Item 7 for further discussion on this topic.
 
At December 31, 2010, we had additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB totaling $30 million, an additional $26 million of unused lines of credit with various financial institutions, $20 million of an unused secured line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank and approximately $125 million through wholesale money market funds. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, for further details about our borrowings and additional borrowing capacity, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Capital Resources
 
The Bank and the Corporation are subject to risk-based capital regulations, which were adopted and are monitored by federal banking regulators. These guidelines are used to evaluate capital adequacy and are based on an institution’s asset risk profile and off-balance sheet exposures, such as unused loan commitments and stand-by letters of credit. The regulatory guidelines require that a portion of total capital be Tier 1 capital, consisting of common shareholders’ equity, qualifying portion of trust issued preferred securities, and perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other deductions. The remaining capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of elements such as subordinated debt, mandatory convertible debt, remaining portion of trust issued preferred securities, and grandfathered senior debt, plus the allowance for loan losses, subject to certain limitations.
 
Under the risk-based capital regulations, banking organizations are required to maintain a minimum 8% (10% for well capitalized banks) total risk-based capital ratio (total qualifying capital divided by risk-weighted assets), including a Tier 1 ratio of 4% (6% for well capitalized banks). The risk-based capital rules have been further supplemented by a leverage ratio, defined as Tier I capital divided by average assets, after certain adjustments. The minimum leverage ratio is 4% (5% for well capitalized banks) for banking organizations that do not anticipate significant growth and have well-diversified risk (including no undue interest rate risk exposure), excellent asset quality, high liquidity and good earnings. Other banking organizations not in this category are expected to have ratios of at least 4-5%, depending on their particular condition and growth plans. Regulators may require higher capital ratios when warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of a given banking organization. In the current regulatory environment, banking organizations must stay well capitalized in order to receive favorable regulatory treatment on acquisition and other expansion activities and favorable risk-based deposit insurance assessments. Our capital policy establishes guidelines meeting these regulatory requirements and takes into consideration current or anticipated risks as well as potential future growth opportunities.
 
 
[44]
 
 
At December 31, 2010, First United Corporation’s total risk-based capital ratio was 11.57%, which was well above the regulatory minimum of 8%, and the Bank’s total risk-based capital was 11.53%, which was well above the regulatory minimum of 8%. The total risk-based capital ratios of First United Corporation and the Bank for year-end 2009 were 11.20% and 11.05%, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from the regulators categorizes the Corporation and the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, for additional information regarding regulatory capital ratios.
 
Total shareholders’ equity decreased $5.0 million to $95.6 million at December 31, 2010, from $100.6 million at December 31, 2009, primarily due to declines in retained earnings offset by improvements in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The return on average equity (ROE) for 2010 increased to (10.10%) from (11.02%) for 2009.
 
As noted above, pursuant to the Treasury’s CPP, in January, 2009, the Corporation sold 30,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and a related warrant to purchase 326,323 shares of common stock for an exercise price of $13.79 per share to the Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $30 million. The proceeds from this transaction count as Tier 1 capital and the warrant qualifies as tangible common equity. Information about the terms of these securities is provided in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
 
Cash dividends in the amount of $1.1 million were paid on the Series A Preferred Stock during 2010. The November 2010 and February 2011 payments of $.4 million each have been deferred. Management cannot predict whether any future regularly quarterly dividend payments on the Series A Preferred Stock will likewise be deferred. The ability of First United Corporation to make these dividend payments depends on our earnings in future quarters.
 
Cash dividends of $.13 per common share were paid during 2010, compared with $.80 paid during 2009. This represents a dividend payout ratio (cash dividends per common share divided by net income per common share) of (7.85%), and (43.21%), for 2010 and 2009, respectively. In December 2009, the Corporation reduced its quarterly dividend to $.10 per common share effective for the dividend payable on February 1, 2010. In March 2010, First United Corporation reduced its quarterly dividend to $.01 per common share effective for the dividend payable on May 1, 2010. In December 2010, First United Corporation terminated the payment of quarterly cash dividends starting in 2011 in connection with the above-mentioned deferral of dividends on its Series A Preferred Stock.
 
Interest payments totaling $2.2 million were made under the Corporation’s $46.73 million in outstanding junior subordinated debentures during 2010, compared to $1.6 million in 2009. Of these debentures, $41.73 million represent TPS Debentures and the remainder relates to debentures issued outside of trust preferred securities offerings. The stand-alone debentures rank senior in right of payment to the TPS Debentures. On December 15, 2010, the Corporation elected to defer quarterly interest payments under the TPS Debentures starting with the payments due in March 2011. The total amount due under all TPS Debentures in March 2011 is $.5 million. The ability of First United Corporation to make these interest payments depends on our earnings in future quarters.
 
Liquidity Management
 
Liquidity is a financial institution’s capability to meet customer demands for deposit withdrawals while funding all credit-worthy loans.The factors that determine the institutions liquidity are:

·  
Reliability and stability of core deposits
·  
Cash flow structure and pledging status of investments
·  
Potential for unexpected loan demand

We actively manage our liquidity position through weekly meetings of the Treasury sub-committee of executive management, which looks forward 12 months at 30-day intervals. The measurement is based upon the projection of funds sold or purchased position, along with ratios and trends developed to measure dependence on purchased funds and core growth. Monthly reviews by management and quarterly reviews by the Asset and Liability committee under prescribed policies and procedures are designed to ensure that we will maintain adequate levels of available funds.
 
 
[45]
 
 
It is our policy to manage our affairs so that liquidity needs are fully satisfied through normal Bank operations. That is, the Bank will manage its liquidity to minimize the need to make unplanned sales of assets or to borrow funds under emergency conditions. The Bank will use funding sources where the interest cost is relatively insensitive to market changes in the short run (periods of one year or less) to satisfy operating cash needs. The remaining normal funding will come from interest-sensitive liabilities, either deposits or borrowed funds. When the marginal cost of needed wholesale funding is lower than the cost of raising this funding in the retail markets, we may supplement retail funding with external funding sources such as:

1.  
Unsecured Fed Funds lines of credit with upstream correspondent banks (FTN Financial, M&T Bank, Atlantic Central Banker’s Bank, Community Banker’s Bank)
2.  
Secured advances with the FHLB of Atlanta, which are collateralized by eligible one to four family residential mortgage loans, the home equity lines of credit portfolio, qualifying commercial real estate loans, and various securities.  Cash may also be pledged as collateral.
3.  
Secured line of credit with the Fed Discount Window for use in borrowing funds up to 90 days, using municipal securities as collateral.
4.  
Brokered deposits, including CDs and money market funds, provide a method to generate deposits quickly.  These deposits are strictly rate driven but often provide the most cost effective means of funding growth.
5.  
One Way Buy CDARS funding – a form of brokered deposits that has become a viable supplement to brokered deposits obtained directly.

In response to current economic conditions, management has performed an extensive review of our liquidity position. We have identified alternative methods to reduce the pledges on securities in our investment portfolio. Throughout 2009 and into 2010, management made the decision not to reinvest called investments. The growth in deposits and decreased loan demand has also attributed to our increased liquidity position. While management believes that the increased liquidity position is prudent in light of the current economic environment and the increased risk in our loan portfolio, the increased liquidity did have a direct impact on the net interest margin and earnings as compared to prior periods.
 
Management believes that we have adequate liquidity available to respond to current and anticipated liquidity demands and is unaware of any trends or demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will materially affect our ability to maintain liquidity at satisfactory levels.
 
Market Risk and Interest Sensitivity
 
Our primary market risk is interest rate fluctuation. Interest rate risk results primarily from the traditional banking activities that we engage in, such as gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences affect the difference between the interest earned on our assets and the interest paid on our liabilities. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the degree that earnings will be impacted by changes in the prevailing level of interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches in the repricing or maturity characteristics between interest-bearing assets and liabilities. Management seeks to minimize fluctuating net interest margins, and to enhance consistent growth of net interest income through periods of changing interest rates. Management uses interest sensitivity gap analysis and simulation models to measure and manage these risks. The interest rate sensitivity gap analysis assigns each interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability to a time frame reflecting its next repricing or maturity date. The differences between total interest-sensitive assets and liabilities at each time interval represent the interest sensitivity gap for that interval. A positive gap generally indicates that rising interest rates during a given interval will increase net interest income, as more assets than liabilities will reprice. A negative gap position would benefit us during a period of declining interest rates.
 
Throughout 2010, we shifted our focus to a shorter duration balance sheet demonstrating a more neutral to asset sensitive position as we anticipate a flat to rising rate environment in the future. As of December 31, 2010, we were slightly liability sensitive.
 
Our interest rate risk management goals are:

·  
Ensure that the Boards of Directors and senior management of First United Corporation and the Bank will provide effective oversight and ensure that risks are adequately identified, measured, monitored and controlled;
·  
Enable dynamic measurement and management of interest rate risk;
·  
Select strategies that optimize our ability to meet its long-range financial goals while maintaining  interest rate risk within policy limits established by the Boards of Directors;
 
 
[46]
 
 
·  
Use both income and market value oriented techniques to select strategies that optimize the relationship between risk and return; and
·  
Establish interest rate risk exposure limits for fluctuation in net interest income (“NII”), net income and economic value of equity.
 
In order to manage interest sensitivity risk, management formulates guidelines regarding asset generation and pricing, funding sources and pricing, and off-balance sheet commitments. These guidelines are based on management’s outlook regarding future interest rate movements, the state of the regional and national economy, and other financial and business risk factors. Management uses computer simulations to measure the effect on net interest income of various interest rate scenarios. Key assumptions used in the computer simulations include cash flows and maturities of interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities, changes in asset volumes and pricing, and management’s capital plans. This modeling reflects interest rate changes and the related impact on net interest income over specified time periods.
 
We evaluate the effect of a change in interest rates of +/-100 basis points to +/-400 basis points on both NII and Net Portfolio Value (“NPV”) / Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”). We concentrate on NII rather than net income as long as NII remains the significant contributor to net income.
 
NII modeling allows management to view how changes in interest rates will affect the spread between the yield paid on assets and the cost of deposits and borrowed funds. Unlike traditional Gap modeling, NII modeling takes into account the different degree to which installments in the same repricing period will adjust to a change in interest rates. It also allows the use of different assumptions in a falling versus a rising rate environment. The period considered by the NII modeling is the next eight quarters.
 
NPV / EVE modeling focuses on the change in the market value of equity. NPV / EVE is defined as the market value of assets less the market value of liabilities plus/minus the market value of any off-balance sheet positions. By effectively looking at the present value of all future cash flows on or off the balance sheet, NPV / EVE modeling takes a longer-term view of interest rate risk. This complements the shorter-term view of the NII modeling.
 
Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance in alternative rate environments. These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, usually one year. They do not necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution.
 
As a part of managing interest rate risk, the Bank entered into interest rate swap agreements to modify the re-pricing characteristics of certain interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank has designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges, which have the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative, net of taxes, recorded in net accumulated other comprehensive income. In July 2009, the Bank entered into three interest rate swap contracts totaling $20.0 million notional amount, hedging future cash flows associated with floating rate trust preferred debt. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the interest rate swap contracts was ($832) thousand. At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the interest rate swap contracts was ($60) thousand. There was no hedge ineffectiveness recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. Interest rate swap agreements are entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and the Bank believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts is not significant as of December 31, 2010.
 
Based on the simulation analysis performed at December 31, 2010 and 2009, management estimated the following changes in net interest income, assuming the indicated rate changes:
 
       
(Dollars in thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
+400 basis point increase
   $ 3,979       --  
+300 basis point increase
   $ 3,268     $ 1,286  
+200 basis point increase
   $ 2,284     $ 847  
+100 basis point increase
   $ 1,160     $ 229  
-100 basis point increase
   $ (662 )   $ 1,449 )
 
 
[47]
 
 
This estimate is based on assumptions that may be affected by unforeseeable changes in the general interest rate environment and any number of unforeseeable factors. Rates on different assets and liabilities within a single maturity category adjust to changes in interest rates to varying degrees and over varying periods of time. The relationships between lending rates and rates paid on purchased funds are not constant over time. Management can respond to current or anticipated market conditions by lengthening or shortening the Bank’s sensitivity through loan repricings or changing its funding mix. The rate of growth in interest-free sources of funds will influence the level of interest-sensitive funding sources. In addition, the absolute level of interest rates will affect the volume of earning assets and funding sources. As a result of these limitations, the interest-sensitive gap is only one factor to be considered in estimating the net interest margin.
 
Impact of Inflation – Our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature, and as such, future changes in prices do not affect the obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. During inflationary periods, monetary assets lose value in terms of purchasing power and monetary liabilities have corresponding purchasing power gains. The concept of purchasing power is not an adequate indicator of the impact of inflation on financial institutions because it does not incorporate changes in interest rates, which are an important determination of the Corporation’s earnings.
 
ITEM 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to Item 7 of Part II of this annual report under the caption “Interest Rate Sensitivity”.
 
 
[48]
 
 
ITEM 8.        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Page
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  50
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 51
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009  52
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009  53
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009  54
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009  55
 
 
[49]
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
First United Corporation
Oakland, Maryland

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of First United Corporation and subsidiaries (“Corporation”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), First United Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 8, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion.
 

 
/s/ ParenteBeard LLC

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 8,  2011
  

 
[50]
 
 
First United Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

   
December 31
  
   
2010
    
2009
  
Assets
            
  Cash and due from banks
   $ 184,830     $ 139,169  
  Interest bearing deposits in banks
     114,483       50,502  
     Cash and cash equivalents
     299,313       189,671  
  Investment securities – available-for-sale (at fair value)
     229,687       273,784  
  Restricted investment in bank stock, at cost
     12,449       13,861  
  Loans
     1,009,753       1,121,884  
  Allowance for loan losses
     (22,138 )     (20,090 )
     Net loans
     987,615       1,101,794  
  Premises and equipment, net
     32,945       31,719  
  Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
     14,700       15,241  
  Bank owned life insurance
     30,405       29,386  
  Deferred tax assets
     26,400       29,189  
  Other real estate owned
     18,072       7,591  
  Accrued interest receivable and other assets
     44,859       51,560  
Total Assets
   $ 1,696,445     $ 1,743,796  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
                
Liabilities:
                
   Non-interest bearing deposits
   $ 121,142     $ 106,976  
   Interest bearing deposits
     1,180,504       1,197,190  
      Total deposits
     1,301,646       1,304,166  
                 
   Short-term borrowings
     39,139       47,563  
   Long-term borrowings
     243,100       270,544  
   Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
     16,920       20,957  
Total Liabilities
     1,600,805       1,643,230  
                 
Shareholders’ Equity:
                
   Preferred stock – no par value;
     Authorized 2,000 shares of which 30 shares of Series A, $1,000 per
     share liquidation preference, 5% cumulative increasing to 9%
     cumulative on February 15, 2014, were issued and outstanding on
     December 31, 2010 and 2009 (discount of $202
     and $261, respectively)
              29,798                29,739  
   Common Stock – par value $.01 per share;
     Authorized 25,000 shares; issued and outstanding 6,166 in 2010
     and 6,144 in 2009
        62          61  
   Surplus
     21,422       21,305  
   Retained earnings
     64,179       76,120  
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     (19,821 )     (26,659 )
   Total Shareholders’ Equity
     95,640       100,566  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
   $ 1,696,445     $ 1,743,796  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
[51]
 
 
First United Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   
Year ended December 31
  
   
2010
    
2009
  
Interest income
            
  Interest and fees on loans
   $ 61,062     $ 68,221  
  Interest on investment securities
                
     Taxable
     5,524       13,106  
     Exempt from federal income tax
     3,588       3,876  
     Total investment income
     9,112       16,982  
  Other
     573       139  
  Total interest income
     70,747       85,342  
Interest expense
                
  Interest on deposits
     18,083       20,216  
  Interest on short-term borrowings
     283       318  
  Interest on long-term borrowings
     10,798       11,570  
     Total interest expense
     29,164       32,104  
  Net interest income
     41,583       53,238  
  Provision for loan losses
     15,726       15,588  
     Net interest income after provision for loan losses
     25,857       37,650  
Other operating income
                
  Changes in fair value on impaired securities
     (10,814 )     (42,394 )
  Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)
     2,450       15,701  
  Net securities impairment losses recognized in operations
     (8,364 )     (26,693 )
  Net (losses)/gains – other
     (6,130 )     411  
     Total net losses
     (14,494 )     (26,282 )
  Service charges
     4,523       5,458  
  Trust department
     4,096       3,665  
  Insurance commissions
     2,712       2,888  
  Debit card income
     1,580       1,404  
  Bank owned life insurance
     1,019       559  
  Other
     1,014       1,416  
     Total other income
     14,944       15,390  
     Total other operating income/(loss)
     450       (10,892 )
Other operating expenses
                
  Salaries and employee benefits
     21,307       22,917  
  FDIC premiums
     4,017       3,966  
  Equipment
     3,197       3,409  
  Occupancy
     2,977       2,822  
  Data processing
     2,637       2,511  
  Other
     10,386       10,953  
     Total other operating expenses
     44,521       46,578  
  Loss before income taxes
     (18,214 )     (19,820 )
 Income tax benefit
     (8,017 )     (8,496 )
Net Loss
   $ (10,197 )   $ (11,324 )
     Accumulated preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
     (1,559 )     (1,430 )
Net Loss Attributable to Common Shareholders
   $ (11,756 )   $ (12,754 )
Basic net loss per common share
   $ (1.91 )   $ (2.08 )
Diluted net loss per common share
   $ (1.91 )   $ (2.08 )
Dividends declared per common share
   $ .03     $ .70  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
     6,155,645       6,122,187  
Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding
     6,155,645       6,122,187  
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
[52]
 
 
First United Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
   
 
Preferred Stock
    
 
Common Stock
    
 
 
Surplus
    
 
Retained Earnings
    
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
    
Total Shareholders’ Equity
  
Balance at January 1, 2009
   $ --     $ 61     $ 20,520     $ 93,092     $ (40,983 )   $ 72,690  
                                                 
Comprehensive income:
                                                
  Net loss for the year
                             (11,324 )             (11,324 )
  Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassifications and income taxes of $8,407
                                      12,422        12,422  
  Change in accumulated unrealized losses for pension and SERP obligations, net of income taxes of $1,311
                                      1,938        1,938  
  Unrealized loss on derivatives, net of income taxes of $24
                                     (36 )     (36 )
     Comprehensive income
                                             3,000  
Issuance of 43,680 shares of common stock under dividend reinvestment plan
                      488                        488  
Stock based compensation
                     (16 )                     (16 )
Preferred stock issued pursuant to TARP - 30,000 shares
     29,687                                       29,687  
Preferred stock discount accretion
     52                       (52 )             --  
Warrant issued pursuant to TARP
                     313                       313  
Preferred stock dividends
                             (1,186 )             (1,186 )
Common stock dividends declared - $.70 per share
                             (4,410 )             (4,410 )
Balance at December 31, 2009
     29,739       61       21,305       76,120       (26,659 )     100,566  
                                                 
Comprehensive loss:
                                                
  Net loss for the year
                             (10,197 )             (10,197 )
  Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of reclassifications and income taxes of $4,052
                                      5,987        5,987  
  Change in accumulated unrealized losses for pension and SERP obligations, net of income taxes of $887
                                     1,311       1,311  
  Unrealized loss on derivatives, net of income taxes of $312
                                     (460 )     (460 )
     Comprehensive loss
                                             (3,359 )
Issuance of 9,924 shares of common stock under dividend reinvestment plan
             1       47                        48  
Stock based compensation
                     70                       70  
Preferred stock discount accretion
     59                       (59 )             --  
Preferred stock dividends paid
                             (1,125 )             (1,125 )
Preferred stock dividends deferred
                             (375 )             (375 )
Common stock dividends declared - $.03 per share
                             (185 )             (185 )
Balance at December 31, 2010
   $ 29,798     $ 62     $ 21,422     $ 64,179     $ (19,821 )   $ 95,640  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
[53]
 
 
First United Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 
   
Year ended December 31
  
   
2010
    
2009
  
Operating activities
            
Net Loss
   $ (10,197 )   $ (11,324 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                
     Provision for loan losses
     15,726       15,588  
     Depreciation
     2,517       2,719  
     Stock compensation
     70       (16 )
     Amortization of intangible assets
     730       1,081  
     Loss/(gain) on sales of other real estate owned
     475       (10 )
     Write-downs of other real estate owned
     2,940       135  
     Loss on loan sales
     194       --  
     Loss/(gain) on disposal of fixed assets
     108       (848 )
     Net amortization of investment securities discounts and premiums
     1,226       157  
     Other-than-temporary-impairment loss on securities
     8,364       26,693  
     Proceeds from sales of investment securities trading
     99,626       --  
     Proceeds from maturities/calls of investment securities trading
     17,167       --  
     Loss on trading securities
     251       443  
     Loss/(gain) on sales of investment securities – available-for-sale
     2,162       (131 )
     Decrease/(increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets
     7,939       (26,755 )
     Deferred tax benefit
     (1,839 )     (9,040 )
     (Decrease)/increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
     (3,797 )     5,813  
     Earnings on bank owned life insurance
     (1,019 )     (559 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
     142,643       3,946  
                 
Investing activities
                
Proceeds from maturities/calls of investment securities available- for-sale
     114,445       112,298  
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale
     12,304       44,050  
Proceeds from surrender of bank owned life insurance
     --       10,916  
Purchases of bank owned life insurance
     --       (10,000 )
Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale
     (201,409 )     (81,870 )
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
     3,146       1,307  
Proceeds from loan sales
     1,764       --  
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets
     11       980  
Net decrease/(increase) in loans
     79,453       (3,782 )
Net decrease in bank stock
     1,412       72  
Purchases of premises and equipment
     (3,862 )     (3,446 )
Net cash provided by investing activities
     7,264       70,525  
                 
Financing activities
                
Net (decrease)/increase in deposits
     (2,520 )     81,277  
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
     (8,424 )     (2,932 )
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
     3,609       7,192  
Payments on long-term borrowings
     (31,053 )     (14,051 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants
     --       30,000  
Cash dividends paid on common stock
     (800 )     (4,893 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
     48       488  
Preferred stock dividends paid
     (1,125 )     (1,186 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
     (40,265 )     95,895  
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
     109,642       170,366  
     Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
     189,671       19,305  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
   $ 299,313     $ 189,671  
                 
Supplemental information
                
Interest paid
   $ 29,754     $ 33,538  
Taxes paid
     300       1,880  
Non-cash investing activities:
                
     Transfers from loans to other real estate owned
     17,042       6,599  
     Transfers from available-for-sale to trading
     117,078       443  

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 
[54]
 

First United Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Business

First United Corporation is a registered financial holding company that was incorporated under the laws of the state of Maryland. It is the parent company of First United Bank & Trust, a Maryland trust company (“Bank”), First United Insurance Group, LLC, a full-service insurance agency (“Insurance Group”), First United Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) and First United Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”), both Connecticut statutory business trusts, and First United Statutory Trust III (“Trust III” and together with Trust I and Trust II, the “Trusts”), a Delaware statutory business trust. The Trusts were formed for the purpose of selling trust preferred securities. The Bank has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: OakFirst Loan Center, Inc., a West Virginia finance company; OakFirst Loan Center, LLC, a Maryland finance company (collectively, the “OakFirst Loan Centers”), and First OREO Trust, a Maryland statutory trust formed for the purposes of servicing and disposing of the real estate that the Bank acquires through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure. The Bank owns a majority interest in Cumberland Liquidation Trust, a Maryland statutory trust formed for the purposes of servicing and disposing of real estate that secured a loan made by another bank and in which the Bank held a participation interest. The Bank also owns 99.9% of the limited partnership interests in Liberty Mews Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership formed for the purpose of acquiring, developing and operating low-income housing units in Garrett County, Maryland (the “Partnership”). The Bank provides a complete range of retail and commercial banking services to a customer base serviced by a network of 28 offices and 32 automated teller machines. This customer base includes individuals, businesses and various governmental units. The Insurance Group is a full-service insurance agency. First United Corporation and its subsidiaries operate principally in four Western Maryland counties and four West Virginia counties.
 
As used in these Notes, unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “the Corporation”, “we”, “us”, “our” and words of similar import refer collectively to First United Corporation and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) that require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) pertaining to investment securities, potential impairment of goodwill, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. For purposes of comparability, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2010 presentation. Such reclassifications had no impact on net income.
 
The Corporation has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2010 for items that should potentially be recognized or disclosed in these financial statements as prescribed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 855, Subsequent Events. The evaluation was conducted through the date these financial statements were issued.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Corporation include the accounts of the Bank, the Insurance Group, OakFirst Loan Center, Inc. and OakFirst Loan Center, LLC. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
The Corporation determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in accordance with GAAP. Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make financial and operating decisions. The Corporation consolidates voting interest entities in which it has 100%, or at least a majority, of the voting interest. As defined in applicable accounting standards, a VIE is an entity that either (a) does not have equity investors with voting rights or (b) has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A controlling financial interest in an entity exists when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a combination of variable interests that will absorb a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE.
 
 
[55]
 
 
The Corporation accounts for its investment in a Low Income Housing Tax Credit Partnership utilizing the effective yield method under guidance that applies specifically to investments in limited partnerships that operate qualified affordable housing projects. Under the effective yield method, the investor recognizes tax credits as they are allocated and amortizes the initial cost of the investment to provide a constant effective yield over the period that tax credits are allocated to the investor. The effective yield is the internal rate of return on the investment, based on the cost of the investment and the guaranteed tax credits allocated to the investor. The tax credit allocated, net of the amortization of the investment in the limited partnership, is recognized in the income statement as a component of income taxes attributable to continuing operations.
 
Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Most of the Corporation’s relationships are with customers located in Western Maryland and Northeastern West Virginia. At December 31, 2010, approximately 15%, or $157 million, of total loans were loans secured by real estate acquisition, construction and development projects. Of the total, $126 million were performing according to their contractual terms, $3 million were performing according to their modified terms, $12 million have been identified as impaired based on management’s concerns about the borrowers’ ability to comply with present repayment terms, and $16 million were non-performing at December 31, 2010. No industry or borrower comprises greater than 10% of total loans as of December 31, 2010. Note 6 discusses the types of securities in which the Corporation invests and Note 7 discusses the Corporation’s lending activities. The Corporation does not have any significant concentrations in any one industry or customer.
 
Investments
 
The investment portfolio is classified and accounted for based on the guidance of ASC Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities.
 
Securities available-for-sale: The fair value of investments available-for-sale is determined using a market approach. As of December 31, 2010, the U.S. Government agencies, residential mortgage-backed securities, private label residential mortgage-backed securities, and municipal bonds segments are classified as Level 2 within the valuation hierarchy. Their fair values were determined based upon market-corroborated inputs and valuation matrices, which were obtained through third party data service providers or securities brokers through which the Corporation has historically transacted both purchases and sales of investment securities.
 
The amortized cost of debt securities classified as available-for-sale is adjusted for the amortization of premiums to the first call date, if applicable, or to maturity, and for the accretion of discounts to maturity, or, in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security. Such amortization and accretion is included in interest income from investments. Interest and dividends are included in interest income from investments. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded using the specific identification method.
 
Management systematically evaluates securities for impairment on a quarterly basis. Based upon application of new accounting guidance for subsequent measurement in ASC Topic 320 (ASC Section 320-10-35), which the Corporation early adopted effective March 31, 2009 according to the effective date provisions of ASC Paragraph 320-10-65-1, management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell a security being evaluated and (b) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. If neither applies, then declines in the fair values of securities below their cost that are considered other-than-temporary declines are split into two components. The first is the loss attributable to declining credit quality. Credit losses are recognized in earnings as realized losses in the period in which the impairment determination is made. The second component consists of all other losses, which are recognized in other comprehensive loss. In estimating OTTI losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area, (3) the historic and implied volatility of the fair value of the security, (4) changes in the rating of the security by a rating agency, (5) recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date, (6) failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments, and (7) the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future. Management also monitors cash flow projections for securities that are considered beneficial interests under the guidance of ASC Subtopic 325-40, Investments – Other – Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets, (ASC Section 325-40-35). Further discussion about the evaluation of securities for impairment can be found in Note 6.
 
The collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) segment, which consists of pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks, thrifts and insurance companies, is classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation owned 18 pooled trust preferred securities with an amortized cost of $36.5 million and a fair value of $9.8 million. The market for these securities at December 31, 2010 is not active and markets for similar securities are also not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which these securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market is also inactive, as few CDOs have been issued
 
 
[56]
 
 
since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who are willing to transact for these securities. The market values for these securities or any securities other than those issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”), are very depressed relative to historical levels. Therefore, in the current market, a low market price for a particular bond may only provide evidence of stress in the credit markets in general rather than being an indicator of credit problems with a particular issue. Given the conditions in the current debt markets and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and new issue markets, management has determined that (a) the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for the purpose of obtaining fair value at December 31, 2010, (b) an income valuation approach technique (i.e. present value) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than a market approach, and (c) the CDO segment is appropriately classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy because management determined that significant adjustments were required to determine fair value at the measurement date.
 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, management utilized an independent third party to prepare both the evaluations of OTTI as well as the fair value determinations for its CDO portfolio. In previous periods, management performed internal impairment valuations and utilized a third party service for the portfolio pricing. Management believes the change will provide a more consistent approach going forward and does not believe that there were any material differences in the impairment evaluations and pricing between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.
 
The approach of the third party utilized beginning in the first quarter of 2010 to determine fair value involved several steps, including detailed credit and structural evaluation of each piece of collateral in each bond, default, recovery and prepayment/amortization probabilities for each piece of collateral in the bond, and discounted cash flow modeling. The discount rate methodology used by the third party combines a baseline current market yield for comparable corporate and structured credit products with adjustments based on evaluations of the differences found in structure and risks associated with actual and projected credit performance of each CDO being valued. Currently, the only active and liquid trading market that exists is for stand-alone trust preferred securities. Therefore, adjustments to the baseline discount rate are also made to reflect the additional leverage found in structured instruments.
 
Previously, the Corporation obtained fair values for these securities from Moody’s Analytics and from Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”). Information such as performance of the underlying collateral, deferral/default rates, cash flow projections, related relevant trades, models, inquiries of trading firms who are prominent in the trust preferred securities market, actual market activity, clearing levels where bonds are likely to trade, current market sentiment and other analytical tools were utilized by the third-parties in determining individual security valuations in accordance with proper accounting guidance.
 
In determining the fair values of the CDOs with no intent to sell at December 31, 2009, Moody’s Analytics utilized an income valuation approach (present value technique) which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. Management believes that this approach is more indicative of fair value than the market approach that has been used historically, and involves several steps. The credit quality of the collateral was estimated using the average probability of default values for each underlying issuer, adjusted for credit ratings. The default probabilities also considered the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry, such as banks with other banks. The loss given default was assumed to be 95%, allowing for a 5% recovery of collateral. Management elected to utilize the option assuming that there were no defaults or deferrals for a two-year time period for those banks who have publicly announced participation in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”). The cash flows for the securities were forecasted for the underlying collateral and applied to each tranche in the structure to determine the resulting distribution among the securities. These expected cash flows were then discounted to calculate the present value of the security. The effective discount rate utilized by Moody’s Analytics for the various securities in the present value calculation was the three-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points (a risk free rate plus a premium for illiquidity). The resulting prices are highly dependent upon the credit quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the security and the prepayment assumptions. Moody’s Analytics modeled the calculations in several thousand scenarios using a Monte Carlo engine and the average price was used for valuation purposes.
 
S&P is another independent third party whose pricing methodology is based upon inquiries of trading firms who are prominent in the trust preferred market. Information such as actual market activity, clearing levels where bonds are likely to trade and current market sentiment are considered in valuations. S&P structures their approach to pricing on the premise that the market now trades on dollar price versus yield or discount margin. This pricing methodology is more market driven, considering distressed sales, and is more indicative of the pricing likely to be achieved should the securities be sold in the short term. Management utilized this approach in determining the fair values of the CDOs for which the Corporation had intent to sell at December 31, 2009. These securities were sold in the first quarter of 2010.
 
 
[57]
 
 
Fair Value
 
The Corporation determines fair value of its investment securities and certain other assets in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements required under other accounting pronouncements. The Corporation measures the fair market values of its investments based on the fair value hierarchy established in Topic 820. Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements includes the Corporation’s fair value disclosures.
 
Restricted Investment in Bank Stock
 
Restricted stock, which represents required investments in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of Atlanta, Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (“ACBB”) and Community Bankers Bank (“CBB”), is carried at cost and is considered a long-term investment.
 
Management evaluates the restricted stock for impairment in accordance with ASC Industry Topic 942, Financial Services – Depository and Lending, (ASC Section 942-325-35). Management’s evaluation of potential impairment is based on management’s assessment of the ultimate recoverability of the cost of the restricted stock rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability is influenced by criteria such as (a) the significance of the decline in net assets of the issuing bank as compared to the capital stock amount for that bank and the length of time this situation has persisted, (b) commitments by the issuing bank to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of that bank, and (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the issuing bank.
 
The Company recognizes dividends on the restricted stock on a cash basis. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, stock dividends of $46,500 were recognized in earnings. For the comparable period of 2009, stock dividends of $29,000 were recognized in earnings.
 
Management has evaluated the restricted stock for impairment and believes that no impairment charge is necessary as of December 31, 2010.
 
Loans
 
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or full repayment by the borrower are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any deferred fees or costs pertaining to origination. Loans that management has the intent to sell are reported at the lower of cost or fair value determined on an individual basis.
 
The segments of the Bank’s loan portfolio are disaggregated to a level that allows management to monitor risk and performance. The commercial real estate (“CRE”) loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes. Non-owner occupied CRE loans, which include loans secured by non-owner occupied nonfarm nonresidential properties, generally have a greater risk profile than all other CRE loans, which include loans secured by farmland, multifamily structures and owner-occupied commercial structures. The acquisition and development (“A&D”) loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes. One to four family residential construction loans are generally made to individuals for the acquisition of and/or construction on a lot or lots on which a residential dwelling is to be built. All other A&D loans are generally made to developers or investors for the purpose of acquiring, developing and constructing residential or commercial structures. These loans have a higher risk profile because the ultimate buyer, once development is completed, is generally not known at the time of the A&D loan. The commercial and industrial (C&I) loan segment consists of loans made for the purpose of financing the activities of commercial customers. The residential mortgage loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes: amortizing term loans, which are primarily first liens, and home equity lines of credit, which are generally second liens. The consumer loan segment consists primarily of installment loans (direct and indirect) and overdraft lines of credit connected with customer deposit accounts.
 
Interest and Fees on Loans
 
Interest on loans (other than those on non-accrual status) is recognized based upon the principal amount outstanding. Loan fees in excess of the costs incurred to originate the loan are recognized as income over the life of the loan utilizing either the interest method or the straight-line method, depending on the type of loan. Generally, fees on loans with a specified maturity date, such as residential mortgages, are recognized using the interest method. Loan fees for lines of credit are recognized on the straight-line method.
 
 
[58]
 
 
A loan is considered to be past due when a payment has not been received for 30 days after its contractual due date. It is our general policy to discontinue the accrual of interest on loans (including impaired loans), except for consumer loans, when circumstances indicate that collection of principal or interest is doubtful. After a loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest is not recognized and cash payments received are applied to the principal balances. A non-accruing loan is restored to accrual status when principal and interest payments have been brought current, it becomes well secured or is in the process of collection and the prospects of future contractual payments are no longer in doubt.
 
Generally, consumer installment loans are not placed on non-accrual status, but are charged off after they are 120 days contractually past due. Loans other than consumer loans are charged-off based on an evaluation of the facts and circumstances of each individual loan.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
An allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The ALL is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the risk characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification and size of the portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience, and the amount of non-performing loans.
 
The Bank’s methodology for determining the ALL is based on the requirements of ASC Section 310-10-35 for loans individually evaluated for impairment and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, as well as the Interagency Policy Statements on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and other bank regulatory guidance. The total of the two components represents the Bank’s ALL.
 
Management evaluates individual loans in all of the commercial segments for possible impairment if the loan is greater than $500,000 or is part of a relationship that is greater than $750,000, and if the loan either is in nonaccrual status or is risk rated Substandard and is greater than 60 days past due. Loans are considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in evaluating impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. We do not separately evaluate individual consumer and residential mortgage loans for impairment, unless such loans are part of a larger relationship that is impaired, or are classified as a troubled debt restructuring agreement.
 
Once the determination has been made that a loan is impaired, the determination of whether a specific allocation of the allowance is necessary is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan to the fair value of the loan using one of three methods: (a) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (b) the loan’s observable market price; or (c) the fair value of the collateral less selling costs. The method is selected on a loan-by loan basis, with management primarily utilizing the fair value of collateral method. The evaluation of the need and amount of a specific allocation of the allowance and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis. Our policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans does not differ from our overall policy for interest recognition.
 
Management has made, and will continue to make every effort to work with our borrowers by formally restructuring loan terms in a way that maximizes our ability to collect principal and interest. Restructured terms can include temporary relief of contractual principal payments, temporary or permanent reductions of the interest rate, and maturity extensions. For loans that were originally interest only credit lines, the restructured loan is placed on a principal amortization schedule if the maturity date is extended. Restructured loans are considered performing if they have made at least six consecutive payments of their original and modified terms. Restructured loans are evaluated for impairment as required by applicable accounting guidance.
 
Loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment are analyzed with general allowances being made as appropriate. For general allowances, historical loss trends (based on charged-off loans) are used in the estimation of losses in the current portfolio. These historical loss amounts are modified by other qualitative factors.
 
The starting point for the ALL analysis is the segregation of the loan portfolio into classes, which are based on the Federal call code assigned to each loan. Management tracks the historical net charge-off activity at the call code level. A historical charge-off factor is calculated utilizing a defined number of consecutive historical quarters. Consumer pools currently utilize a rolling 12 quarters, while Commercial pools currently utilize a rolling 8 quarters.
 
 
[59]
 
 
“Pass” rated credits are segregated from “Criticized” credits for the application of qualitative factors. The uncriticized (“pass”) pools for commercial and residential real estate real estate are further segmented based upon the geographic location of the underlying collateral. There are seven geographic regions utilized – six that represent the Bank’s lending footprint and a seventh for all out-of-market credits. Different economic environments and resultant credit risks exist in each region that are acknowledged in the assignment of qualitative factors. Loans in the criticized pools, which possess certain qualities or characteristics that may lead to collection and loss issues, are closely monitored by management and subject to additional qualitative factors. Allocations are not made for loans that are cash secured, for the Small Business Administration or Farm Service Agency guaranteed portion of loans, or for loans that are sufficiently collateralized.
 
Management has identified a number of additional qualitative factors which it uses to supplement the historical charge-off factor because these factors are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing loan pools to differ from historical loss experience. The additional factors that are evaluated quarterly and updated using information obtained from internal, regulatory, and governmental sources are: national and local economic trends and conditions; levels of and trends in delinquency rates and non-accrual loans; trends in volumes and terms of loans; effects of changes in lending policies; experience, ability, and depth of lending staff; value of underlying collateral; and concentrations of credit from a loan type, industry and/or geographic standpoint.
 
Management reviews the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis using a defined, consistently applied process in order to make appropriate and timely adjustments to the ALL. When information confirms all or part of specific loans to be uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged off against the ALL. Recoveries of amounts previously charged off and provision for losses are credited to the ALL.
 
Historically, management has utilized an internally developed spreadsheet to track and apply the various components of the allowance. In the second quarter of 2010, management began utilizing an externally developed software application to track and apply the allowance components. Prior to implementation, management had reviewed the results of both the internal and external application to ensure that there were no material differences in the determination of the allowance.
 
The Corporation maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments and letters of credit to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The allowance is determined utilizing a methodology that is similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses, modified to take into account the probability of a draw down on the commitment. This allowance is reported as a liability on the balance sheet within accrued interest payable and other liabilities. The balance in the liability account was $48,000 at December 31, 2010.
 
Premises and Equipment
 
Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The provision for depreciation for financial reporting has been made by using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 18 to 32 years for buildings and three to 20 years for furniture and equipment. Accelerated depreciation methods are used for income tax purposes.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired in business combinations. In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, goodwill is not amortized but is subject to an annual impairment test.
 
Other intangible assets with finite lives include core deposit intangible assets, which represent the present value of future net income to be earned from acquired deposits. Core deposit intangibles were amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated life of 7.2 years. The core deposit intangible was fully amortized in September 2010. Insurance agency book of business intangibles are being amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated lives.
 
Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)
 
BOLI policies are recorded at their cash surrender values. Changes in the cash surrender values are recorded as other operating income.
 
Other Real Estate Owned
 
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, with any losses charged to the allowance for loan losses, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations are included in net expenses from other real estate owned. Changes in the valuation allowance are included in losses on other real estate owned. Other real estate owned totaled $18,072,000 and $7,591,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
 
[60]
 
 
Income Taxes
 
First United Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. We account for income taxes using the liability method. Under the liability method, the deferred tax liability or asset is determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities (temporary differences) and is measured at the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense is determined by the change in the net liability or asset for deferred taxes adjusted for changes in any deferred tax asset valuation allowance.
 
ASC Topic 740, Taxes, provides clarification on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We have not identified any income tax uncertainties.
 
We also file state corporate income tax returns annually. Our federal and state returns may be selected for examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the states where we file, subject to statutes of limitations. At any given point in time, we may have several years of filed tax returns that may be selected for examination or review by taxing authorities. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. Federal, State, and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2007.
 
We recognize interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
 
Defined Benefit Plans
 
We account for our defined benefit pension plan and supplemental executive retirement plan in accordance with ASC Topic 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits. Under the provisions of Topic 715, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plan is recognized as an asset, and our supplemental executive retirement plan is recognized as a liability on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and unrecognized net actuarial losses, prior service costs and a net transition asset are recognized as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Refer to Note 16 for a further discussion of our pension plan and supplemental executive retirement plan obligations.
 
Statement of Cash Flows
 
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits in banks in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
 
Trust Assets and Income
 
Assets held in an agency or fiduciary capacity are not our assets and, accordingly, are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Income from the Bank’s trust department represents fees charged to customers and is recorded on an accrual basis.
 
Business Segments
 
We have one operating segment, commercial banking, as defined by ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting. The Corporation in its entirety is managed and evaluated on an ongoing basis by the Board of Directors and Executive Management, with no division or subsidiary receiving separate analysis regarding performance or resource allocation.
 
Equity Compensation Plan
 
At the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Corporation’s shareholders approved the First United Corporation Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”), which authorizes the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock units, performance units, dividend equivalents, and other stock-based awards to employees or directors totaling up to 185,000 shares.
 
 
[61]
 
 
On June 18, 2008, the Board of Directors of First United Corporation adopted a Long-Term Incentive Program (the “LTIP”). This program was adopted as a sub-plan of First United Corporation’s Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan to reward participants for increasing shareholder value, align executive interests with those of shareholders, and serve as a retention tool for key executives. Under the LTIP, participants are granted shares of restricted common stock of First United Corporation. The amount of an award is based on a specified percentage of the participant’s salary as of the date of grant. These shares will vest if we meet or exceed certain performance thresholds.
 
We comply with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, in measuring and disclosing stock compensation cost. The measurement objective in ASC Paragraph 718-10-30-6 requires public companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. The cost is recognized in expense over the period in which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (the vesting period). The performance-related shares granted in connection with the LTIP are expensed ratably from the date that the likelihood of meeting the performance measures is probable through the end of a three year vesting period.
 
During the second quarter 2009, management determined that the likelihood of meeting the performance measures prescribed for the 2008 LTIP stock grants would not be probable. Therefore, under the guidance of ASC Paragraph 718-10-25-20, the share grants were reversed and the share-based compensation expense of approximately $80,000 recognized in 2008 was also reversed effective June 30, 2009.
 
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Recovery Act”) imposes restrictions on the type and timing of bonuses and incentive compensation that may be accrued for or paid to certain employees of institutions that participated in Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. The Recovery Act generally limits bonuses and incentive compensation to grants of long-term restricted stock that, among other requirements, cannot fully vest until the Capital Purchase Program assistance is repaid.
 
Stock-based awards were made to directors in 2010 and 2009. These awards totaled 12,166 and 5,655 fully-vested shares, respectively, at a fair market value of $5.75 and $11.48, per share, respectively, and are part of their annual compensation package. Director stock compensation expense was $70,000 and $65,000 for years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Stock Repurchases
 
Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, shares of capital stock that are repurchased are cancelled and treated as authorized but unissued shares. When a share of capital stock is repurchased, the payment of the repurchase price reduces stated capital by the par value of that share (currently, $0.01 for common stock and $0.00 for preferred stock), and any excess over par value reduces capital surplus.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In January 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in ASU No. 2010-2 (ASU 2011-01), but did not defer the effective date of the other disclosure requirements in ASU 2010-20. This guidance will not affect the Corporation’s financial position or results of operations.
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts (“ASU 2010-28”). For reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts, ASU 2010-28 adds a requirement to Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test that any adverse qualitative factors should be considered in determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists. If it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, the second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed. For public entities, the amended guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010, with early adoption not permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not anticipated to effect the Corporation’s financial position or results of operations.
 
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (“ASU 2010-20”). ASU 2010-20 adds a number of disclosures that are intended to provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit risk exposures of an entity’s financing receivables, how those risks are analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses, and the changes and reasons for changes in the allowance. For public entities, end of period disclosures were effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010, and disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Corporation’s financial position or results of operations.
 
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-18, Effect of a Loan Modification When the Loan is part of a Pool That is Accounted for as a Single Asset (“ASU 2010-18”) as a clarification of ASC Subtopic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. ASU 2010-18 provides guidance that modifications of acquired loans are accounted for within a pool (versus accounted for individually) do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. The amendments in ASU 2010-18 are effective for modifications of loans accounted for within pools under Subtopic 310-30 occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Corporation’s financial position or results of operations.
 
 
[62]
 
 
In January 2010, the FASB amended fair value measurement and disclosure guidance in ASU No. 2010-6 to require disclosure of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and the reasons for the transfers and to require separate presentation of information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. The amended guidance also clarifies existing requirements that (a) fair value measurement disclosures should be disaggregated for each class of asset and liability and (b) disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs for both recurring and nonrecurring Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements should be provided. The Corporation has implemented this guidance, which became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those years. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Corporation’s financial position or results of operations.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140, which was codified in December 2009 as ASU No. 2009-16, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets (“ASU 2009-16”). This statement prescribes the information that a reporting entity must provide in its financial reports about a transfer of financial assets; the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows; and a transferor’s continuing involvement in transferred financial assets. Specifically, among other aspects, ASU 2009-16 amends the guidance found in ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing, by removing the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity and by modifying the financial-components approach used in Topic 860. The Corporation adopted the amended guidance, which became effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU 2009-16 did not have any impact on the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) which was codified in December 2009 as ASU No. 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities (“ASU 2009-17”). This statement amends guidance found in ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, that required an enterprise to determine whether it’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. Under ASU 2009-17, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the enterprise that has both (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. ASU 2009-17 also amends Topic 810 to require ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. The amended guidance became effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009.
 
Management evaluated whether the accounting for the VIEs that existed at December 31, 2009 would change as a result of the transition to the new standard effective January 1, 2010. Management’s review concluded that the existing VIEs, which were determined to not require consolidation under the old standard, would continue to not require consolidation under the new standard. Management determined that the accounting treatment for the TPS Debentures issued by the Trusts described in Note 11 continues to be appropriate because the Corporation’s equity is not at risk. The treatment of the Corporation’s investment in a limited partnership is considered a VIE and is evaluated in Note 13.
 
 
[63]
 

2. Earnings Per Share
 
Basic loss per common share is derived by dividing net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and does not include the effect of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. Diluted loss per share is derived by dividing net loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of outstanding common stock equivalents. There is no dilutive effect on the loss per share during loss periods.
 
The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
   
For the year ended
December 31,
  
   
2010
    
2009
  
 
(In thousands, except for per share amount)
  
Loss
    
Average Shares
    
Per Share Amount
    
Loss
    
Average Shares
    
Per Share Amount
  
Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share:
                                    
Net loss
   $ (10,197 )               $ (11,324 )            
Preferred stock dividends paid
     (1,125 )                 (1,378 )            
Preferred stock dividends deferred
     (375 )                 --              
Discount accretion on preferred stock
     (59 )                 (52 )            
Net loss attributable to common shareholders
   $ (11,756 )     6,156     $ (1.91 )   $ (12,754 )     6,122     $ (2.08 )

3. Net Losses
 
The following table summarizes the gain/loss activity for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
   
For the year ended
December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Available-for-sale securities:
            
     Other-than-temporary impairment charges
   $ (8,364 )   $ (26,693 )
     Realized gains
     262       131  
     Realized losses
     (170 )     --  
     Transfers of available-for-sale securities to trading:
                
       Gains recognized in earnings
     2,852       --  
       Losses recognized in earnings
     (5,106 )     --  
       Net (loss)/gain recognized on available-for-sale securities
     (2,162 )     131  
                 
Trading securities:
                
     Gross gains on sales
     972       --  
     Gross losses on sales
     (1,223 )     --  
  Net loss recognized on sales
     (251 )     --  
     Unrealized loss recognized on trading securities still held
     --       (443 )
       Net loss on trading securities
     (251 )     (443 )
Loss on loan sales
     (194 )     --  
(Loss)/gain on sales of other real estate owned
     (475 )     10  
Writedowns of other real estate owned
     (2,940 )     (135 )
(Loss)/gain on disposal of fixed assets
     (108 )     848  
Net (losses)/gains – other
     (6,130 )     411  
       Net losses
   $ (14,494 )   $ (26,282 )

 
[64]
 
 
4. Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
First United Corporation and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, First United Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require First United Corporation and the Bank to maintain certain minimum amounts of capital and ratios of total and Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier I capital to average assets (leverage). Management believes, as of December 31, 2010, that First United Corporation and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from regulatory agencies categorized First United Corporation and the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. For a financial institution to be categorized as well capitalized, total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios must not fall below the percentages shown in the following table. Management is not aware of any condition or event which has caused the well capitalized position to change.
 
   
 
Actual
    
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
    
To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
  
(Dollars in thousands)
  
Amount
    
Ratio
    
Amount
    
Ratio
    
Amount
    
Ratio
  
December 31, 2010
                                    
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                    
Consolidated
   $ 151,147       11.57 %   $ 104,534       8.00 %   $ 130,667       10.00 %
First United Bank & Trust
     150,349       11.53 %     104,281       8.00 %     130,351       10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                                
Consolidated
     127,317       9.74 %     52,267       4.00 %     78,407       6.00 %
First United Bank & Trust
     133,802       10.26 %     52,140       4.00 %     78,210       6.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                                                
Consolidated
     127,317       7.34 %     69,349       4.00 %     86,687       5.00 %
First United Bank & Trust
     133,802       7.73 %     69,203       4.00 %     86,504       5.00 %

   
 
Actual
    
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
    
To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
  
(Dollars in thousands)
  
Amount
    
Ratio
    
Amount
    
Ratio
    
Amount
    
Ratio
  
December 31, 2009
                                    
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                    
Consolidated
   $ 167,762       11.20 %   $ 119,843       8.00 %   $ 149,804       10.00 %
First United Bank & Trust
     165,256       11.05 %     119,679       8.00 %     149,599       10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                                
Consolidated
     143,843       9.60 %     59,922       4.00 %     89,883       6.00 %
First United Bank & Trust
     146,377       9.78 %     59,839       4.00 %     89,759       6.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                                                
Consolidated
     143,843       8.53 %     67,423       4.00 %     84,279       5.00 %
First United Bank & Trust
     146,377       8.73 %     67,086       4.00 %     83,858       5.00 %

 
[65]
 
 
5. Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and due from banks, which represents vault cash in the retail offices and invested cash balances at the Federal Reserve, is carried at fair value.
 
   
December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Cash and due from banks, weighted average interest rate of 0.14% (at December 31, 2010)
   $ 184,830     $ 139,169  
 
Interest bearing deposits in banks, which represent funds invested at a correspondent bank, are carried at fair value and, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, consisted of daily funds invested at the FHLB of Atlanta, First Tennessee Bank (“FTN”), M&T Bank (“M&T”), and CBB.
 
   
December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
FHLB daily investments, interest rate of 0.12% (at December 31, 2010)
   $ 77,102     $ 49,727  
FTN daily investments, interest rate of 0.13% (at December 31, 2010)
     1,350       700  
FTN Fed Funds sold, interest rate of 0.25% (at December 31, 2010)
     --       75  
M&T Fed Funds sold, interest rate of 0.35% (at December 31, 2010)
     6,004       --  
CBB Fed Funds sold, interest rate of 0.22% (at December 31, 2010)
     30,027       --  
    $ 114,483     $ 50,502  
 
6. Investment Securities – Available for Sale
 
The following table shows a comparison of amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
(In thousands)
  
Amortized
Cost
    
Gross Unrealized Gains
    
Gross Unrealized Losses
    
Fair
Value
    
OTTI in
AOCI
  
December 31, 2010
                              
U.S. government agencies
   $ 24,813     $ 101     $ 64     $ 24,850     $ --  
Residential mortgage-backed agencies
     98,109       1,703       199       99,613       --  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
     763       --       101       662       --  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
     94,250       1,011       537       94,724       --  
Collateralized debt obligations
     36,533       --       26,695       9,838       18,151  
Totals
   $ 254,468     $ 2,815     $ 27,596     $ 229,687     $ 18,151  
                                         
December 31, 2009
                                        
U.S. government agencies
   $ 68,487     $ 274     $ 498     $ 68,263     $ --  
Residential mortgage-backed agencies
     59,640       2,946       13       62,573       --  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
     40,809       --       7,612       33,197       1,574  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
     95,190       2,501       388       97,303       --  
Collateralized debt obligations
     44,478       --       32,030       12,448       14,127  
Totals
   $ 308,604     $ 5,721     $ 40,541     $ 273,784     $ 15,701  

Proceeds from sales of securities and the realized gains and losses are as follows:
 
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Proceeds
   $ 12,304     $ 44,050  
Realized gains
     262       131  
Realized losses
     170       --  

 
[66]
 
 
The following table shows the Corporation’s securities available-for-sale with gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized position, at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
   
Less than 12 months
    
12 months or more
  
 
(In thousands)
  
Fair
Value
    
Unrealized Losses
    
Fair
Value
    
Unrealized
Losses
  
December 31, 2010
                        
U.S. government agencies
   $ 13,044     $ 64     $ --     $ --  
Residential mortgage-backed agencies
     19,453       199       --       --  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
     --       --       662       101  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
     26,887       537       --       --  
Collateralized debt obligations
     --       --       9,838       26,695  
Totals
   $ 59,384     $ 800     $ 10,500     $ 26,796  
                                 
December 31, 2009
                                
U.S. government agencies
   $ 36,090     $ 371     $ 14,873     $ 127  
Residential mortgage-backed agencies
     589       13       --       --  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
     --       --       33,197       7,612  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
     12,154       123       8,075       265  
Collateralized debt obligations
     --       --       12,448       32,030  
Totals
   $ 48,833     $ 507     $ 68,593     $ 40,034  

Management systematically evaluates securities for impairment on a quarterly basis. Management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell a security being evaluated and (b) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. If neither applies, then declines in the fair values of securities below their cost that are considered other-than-temporary declines are split into two components. The first is the loss attributable to declining credit quality. Credit losses are recognized in earnings as realized losses in the period in which the impairment determination is made. The second component consists of all other losses, which are recognized in other comprehensive loss. In estimating OTTI losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area, (3) the historic and implied volatility of the fair value of the security, (4) changes in the rating of the security by a rating agency, (5) recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date, (6) failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments, and (7) the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future. Management also monitors cash flow projections for securities that are considered beneficial interests under the guidance of ASC Subtopic 325-40, Investments – Other – Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets, (ASC Section 325-40-35).
 
Management believes that the valuation of certain securities is a critical accounting policy that requires significant estimates in preparation of its consolidated financial statements. Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, management utilized an independent third party to prepare both the impairment valuations and fair value determinations for its CDO portfolio consisting of pooled trust preferred securities. In previous periods, management performed internal impairment valuations and utilized a third party service for the portfolio pricing. Management will continue to review the assumptions and results and does not believe that there were any material differences in the valuations between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
U.S. Government Agencies - Two U.S. government agencies have been in a slight unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of December 31, 2010. The securities are of the highest investment grade and the Corporation does not intend to sell them, and it is not more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell them before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. Therefore, no OTTI exists at December 31, 2010.
 
Residential Mortgage-Backed Agencies - Three residential mortgage-backed agencies have been in a slight unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of December 31, 2010. The securities are of the highest investment grade and the Corporation does not intend to sell them, and it is not more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell them before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. Therefore, no OTTI exists at December 31, 2010.
 
 
[67]
 
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations – The collateralized mortgage obligation portfolio, consisting of one security at December 31, 2010, has been in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. This security is a private label residential mortgage-backed security and is reviewed for factors such as loan to value ratio, credit support levels, borrower FICO scores, geographic concentration, prepayment speeds, delinquencies, coverage ratios and credit ratings. Management believes that this security continues to demonstrate collateral coverage ratios that are adequate to support the Corporation’s investment. At the time of purchase, this security was of the highest investment grade and was purchased at a discount relative to its face amount. As of December 31, 2010, this security remains at investment grade and continues to perform as expected at the time of purchase. During the third quarter 2010, two private label residential mortgage backed securities were sold in order to enhance the credit quality of the investment portfolio and to minimize the risks associated with further declines in the residential mortgage markets. The Corporation does not intend to sell the remaining security and it is not more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. Accordingly, management does not consider this investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
 
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions – The unrealized losses on the Corporation’s investments in state and political subdivisions were $537 thousand at December 31, 2010. Thirty securities have been in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. All of these investments are of investment grade as determined by the major rating agencies and management reviews the ratings of the underlying issuers. Management believes that this portfolio is well-diversified throughout the United States, and all bonds continue to perform according to their contractual terms. The Corporation does not intend to sell these investments and it is not more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. Accordingly, management does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
 
Collateralized Debt Obligations - The $26.7 million in unrealized losses greater than 12 months at December 31, 2010 relates to 18 pooled trust preferred securities that comprise the CDO portfolio. See Note 1 and Note 22 for a discussion of the methodology used by management to determine the fair values of these securities. Based upon a review of credit quality and the cash flow tests performed by the independent third party, management determined that there were two securities that had additional credit-related OTTI charges and 11 securities with previously recorded OTTI charges that had no further impairment. As a result of this assessment, the Corporation recorded a $.1 million in credit-related OTTI impairment loss on these securities as of December 31, 2010. For the year, $8.4 million in non-cash credit-related OTTI losses have been recognized in earnings on eight trust preferred securities. The unrealized losses on the remaining five securities in the portfolio are attributable to continued depression in market interest rates, marketability, liquidity and the current economic environment.
 
The following table presents a cumulative roll-forward of the amount of OTTI related to credit losses which have been recognized in earnings for debt securities held and not intended to be sold:
 
   
For the year ended
  
(In thousands)
  
December 31, 2010
    
December 31, 2009
  
Balance of credit-related OTTI at beginning of period
   $ 10,765     $ 2,724  
Additions for credit-related OTTI not previously recognized
     1,402       16,345  
Additional increases for credit-related OTTI previously recognized when there is no intent to sell and no requirement to sell before recovery of amortized cost basis
     6,961       --  
Decreases for previously recognized credit-related OTTI because there was an intent to sell
     (4,369 )     (8,304 )
Reduction for increases in cash flows expected to be collected
     (106 )     --  
Balance of credit-related OTTI at end of period
   $ 14,653     $ 10,765  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale by contractual maturity at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are shown in the following table. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
 
[68]
 
 
   
December 31, 2010
    
December 31, 2009
  
 
(In thousands)
  
Amortized
Cost
    
Fair
Value
    
Amortized
Cost
    
Fair
Value
  
Contractual Maturity
                        
Due in one year or less
   $ 2,500     $ 2,421     $ --     $ --  
Due after one year through five years
     16,470       16,573       14,095       14,294  
Due after five years through ten years
     19,293       19,492       26,687       27,367  
Due after ten years
     117,333       90,926       167,373       136,353  
      155,596       129,412       208,155       178,014  
Residential mortgage-backed agencies
     98,109       99,613       59,640       62,573  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
     763       662       40,809       33,197  
    $ 254,468     $ 229,687     $ 308,604     $ 273,784  

 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, investment securities with a fair value of $121 million and $153 million, respectively, were pledged as permitted or required to secure public and trust deposits, for securities sold under agreements to repurchase as required or permitted by law and as collateral for borrowing capacity.
 
7. Loans and Related Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The following table summarizes the primary segments of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

 
 
(In thousands)
  
Commercial
Real Estate
    
Acquisition and Development
    
Commercial
and Industrial
    
Residential
Mortgage
    
 
Consumer
    
 
Total
  
December 31, 2010
                                    
Total loans
   $ 348,584     $ 156,892     $ 69,992     $ 356,742     $ 77,543     $ 1,009,753  
   Individually evaluated for impairment
   $ 16,270     $ 31,196     $ 5,131     $ 9,854     $ 152     $ 62,603  
   Collectively evaluated for impairment
   $ 332,314     $ 125,696     $ 64,861     $ 346,888     $ 77,391     $ 947,150  
                                                 
December 31, 2009
                                                
Total loans
   $ 326,826     $ 231,724     $ 81,256     $ 373,223     $ 108,855     $ 1,121,884  
   Individually evaluated for impairment
   $ 33,597     $ 72,047     $ 12,254     $ 13,332     $ --     $ 131,230  
   Collectively evaluated for impairment
   $ 293,229     $ 159,677     $ 69,002     $ 359,891     $ 108,855     $ 990,654  
 
In the ordinary course of business, executive officers and directors of the Corporation, including their families and companies in which certain directors are principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank. Pursuant to the Bank’s lending policies, such loans were made on the same terms, including collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. Changes in the dollar amount of loans outstanding to officers, directors and their associates were as follows for the year ended December 31:
 
(In thousands)
  
2010
  
Balance at January 1
   $ 13,270  
Loans or advances
     2,186  
Repayments
     (2,908 )
Balance at December 31
   $ 12,548  

 
[69]
 
 
The following table presents impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those for which a specific allowance was not necessary as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
   
Impaired Loans with
Specific Allowance
    
Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance
    
 
Total Impaired Loans
  
 
 
(In thousands)
  
Recorded
Investment
    
Related
Allowance
    
Recorded
Investment
    
Recorded
Investment
    
Unpaid Principal Balance
  
December 31, 2010
                              
  Commercial real estate
                              
     Non owner-occupied
   $ 8,183     $ 2,768     $ 4,635     $ 12,818     $ 12,818  
     All other CRE
     713       80       2,740       3,453       3,478  
  Acquisition and development
                                        
     1-4 family residential construction
     2,823       334       622       3,445       3,491  
     All other A&D
     7,269       1,141       20,482       27,751       31,284  
  Commercial and industrial
     --       --       5,131       5,131       6,540  
  Residential mortgage
                                        
     Residential mortgage - term
     725       43       8,606       9,331       10,086  
     Residential mortgage – home equity
     --       --       522       522       522  
  Consumer
     --       --       152       152       153  
        Total impaired loans
   $ 19,713     $ 4,366     $ 42,890     $ 62,603     $ 68,372  
                                         
December 31, 2009
                                        
  Commercial real estate
                                        
     Non owner-occupied
   $ 1,424     $ 356     $ 9,218     $ 10,642     $ 10,642  
     All other CRE
     1,570       362       21,385       22,955       23,257  
  Acquisition and development
                                        
     1-4 family residential construction
     583       48       --       583       583  
     All other A&D
     18,760       6,085       52,704       71,464       75,965  
  Commercial and industrial
     821       335       11,433       12,254       13,038  
  Residential mortgage
                                        
     Residential mortgage - term
     5,519       438       3,836       9,355       9,981  
     Residential mortgage – home equity
     --       --       3,977       3,977       4,011  
  Consumer
     --       --       --       --       --  
        Total impaired loans
   $ 28,677     $ 7,624     $ 102,553     $ 131,230     $ 137,477  
                                         
 
 
[70]
 
 
The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans and related interest income recognized for the periods indicated:

(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Average investment in impaired loans
   $ 97,136     $ 91,743  
Interest income recognized on an accrual basis on impaired loans
   $ 2,252     $ 5,097  
Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans
   $ --     $ 1,042  

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, additional funds of up to $1.9 million and $2.1million, respectively, were committed to be advanced in connection with TDRs. In 2010, a troubled debt restructure in the amount of $1.6 million was completely charged-off.
 
Management uses a 10 point internal risk rating system to monitor the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The first six categories are considered not criticized, and are aggregated as “Pass” rated. The criticized rating categories utilized by management generally follow bank regulatory definitions. The Special Mention category includes assets that are currently protected but are potentially weak, resulting in an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of justifying a Substandard classification. Loans in the Substandard category have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt, and have a distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the weaknesses are not corrected. All loans greater than 90 days past due are considered Substandard. The portion of any loan that represents a specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses is placed in the Doubtful category. Any portion of a loan that has been charged off is placed in the Loss category. It is possible for a loan to be classified as Substandard in the internal risk rating system, but not considered impaired under GAAP, due to the broader reach of “well-defined weaknesses” in the application of the Substandard definition.
 
To help ensure that risk ratings are accurate and reflect the present and future capacity of borrowers to repay a loan as agreed, the Bank has a structured loan rating process with several layers of internal and external oversight. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as bankruptcy, repossession, or death occurs to raise awareness of a possible credit event. The Bank’s Commercial Loan Officers are responsible for the timely and accurate risk rating of the loans in their portfolios at origination and on an ongoing basis. The Credit Quality Department performs an annual review of all commercial relationships $500,000 or greater. Confirmation of the appropriate risk grade is included in the review on an ongoing basis. The Bank has an experienced Loan Review Department that continually reviews and assesses loans within the portfolio. The Bank engages an external consultant to conduct loan reviews on at least an annual basis. Generally, the external consultant reviews commercial relationships greater than $750,000 and/or criticized relationships greater than $500,000. Detailed reviews, including plans for resolution, are performed on loans classified as Substandard on a quarterly basis. Loans in the Special Mention and Substandard categories that are collectively evaluated for impairment are given separate consideration in the determination of the allowance.
 
The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate Pass and the criticized categories of Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
(In thousands)
  
Pass
    
Special Mention
    
Substandard
    
Doubtful
    
Total
  
December 31, 2010
                              
  Commercial real estate
                              
     Non owner-occupied
   $ 121,144     $ 9,541     $ 33,914     $ 2,768     $ 167,367  
     All other CRE
     123,115       8,995       49,027       80       181,217  
  Acquisition and development
                                        
     1-4 family residential construction
     7,038       --       6,876       334       14,248  
     All other A&D
     86,352       4,664       50,487       1,141       142,644  
  Commercial and industrial
     46,760       2,933       20,299       --       69,992  
  Residential mortgage
                                        
     Residential mortgage - term
     255,916       2,634       18,576       43       277,169  
     Residential mortgage – home equity
     76,828       --       2,745       --       79,573  
  Consumer
     76,736       23       784       --       77,543  
        Total
   $ 793,889     $ 28,790     $ 182,708     $ 4,366     $ 1,009,753  
                                         
December 31, 2009
                                        
  Commercial real estate
                                        
     Non owner-occupied
   $ 144,238     $ 1,087     $ 15,140     $ 356     $ 160,821  
     All other CRE
     109,054       11,110       45,479       362       166,005  
  Acquisition and development
                                        
     1-4 family residential construction
     72,438       --       2,456       48       74,942  
     All other A&D
     64,301       13,190       73,206       6,085       156,782  
  Commercial and industrial
     64,266       354       16,301       335       81,256  
  Residential mortgage
                                        
     Residential mortgage - term
     273,722       548       17,786       438       292,494  
     Residential mortgage – home equity
     74,195       1,426       5,108       --       80,729  
  Consumer
     107,545       18       1,292       --       108,855  
        Total
   $ 909,759     $ 27,733     $ 176,768     $ 7,624     $ 1,121,884  
                                         
 
 
[71]
 
 
Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due. The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
 
(In thousands)
  
 
Current
    
30-59 Days Past Due
    
60-89 Days Past Due
    
90 Days+ Past Due
    
Total Past Due and still accruing
    
 
Non-Accrual
    
 
Total Loans
  
December 31, 2010
                                          
  Commercial real estate
                                          
     Non owner-occupied
   $ 146,470     $ 892     $ 8,801     $ --     $ 9,693     $ 11,204     $ 167,367  
     All other CRE
     179,661       581       286       --       867       689       181,217  
  Acquisition and development
                                                        
     1-4 family residential construction
     13,626       --       --       --       --       622       14,248  
     All other A&D
     124,731       1,950       188       128       2,266       15,647       142,644  
  Commercial and industrial
     67,688       883       22       44       949       1,355       69,992  
  Residential mortgage
                                                        
     Residential mortgage - term
     253,225       12,168       4,455       2,359       18,982       4,962       277,169  
     Residential mortgage – home equity
     78,533       559       129       78       766       274       79,573  
  Consumer
     74,392       2,116       700       183       2,999       152       77,543  
        Total
   $ 938,326     $ 19,149     $ 14,581     $ 2,792     $ 36,522     $ 34,905     $ 1,009,753  
                                                         
December 31, 2009
                                                        
  Commercial real estate
                                                        
     Non owner-occupied
   $ 155,337     $ 1,276     $ 162     $ --     $ 1,438     $ 4,046     $ 160,821  
     All other CRE
     164,555       1,450       --       --       1,450       --       166,005  
  Acquisition and development
                                                        
     1-4 family residential construction
     72,284       761       651       --       1,412       1,246       74,942  
     All other A&D
     120,629       73       82       --       155       35,998       156,782  
  Commercial and industrial
     80,810       288       158       --       446       --       81,256  
  Residential mortgage
                                                        
     Residential mortgage - term
     270,304       12,544       4,190       1,483       18,217       3,973       292,494  
     Residential mortgage – home equity
     78,410       580       485       --       1,065       1,254       80,729  
  Consumer
     104,676       2,656       1,169       287       4,112       67       108,855  
        Total
   $ 1,047,005     $ 19,628     $ 6,897     $ 1,770     $ 28,295     $ 46,584     $ 1,121,884  

 
[72]
 

The following tables summarize the primary segments of the ALL, segregated into the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Activity in the allowance is presented by class for the year ended December 31, 2010 and in total for the year ended December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
(In thousands)
  
Commercial Real Estate
    
Acquisition and Development
    
Commercial and Industrial
    
Residential Mortgage
    
 
Consumer
    
 
Total
  
December 31, 2010
                                    
Total ALL
   $ 8,658     $ 6,345     $ 1,345     $ 4,211     $ 1,579     $ 22,138  
   Individually evaluated for impairment
   $ 2,848     $ 1,475     $ --     $ 43     $ --     $ 4,366  
   Collectively evaluated for impairment
   $ 5,810     $ 4,870     $ 1,345     $ 4,168     $ 1,579     $ 17,772  
                                                 
December 31, 2009
                                                
Total ALL
   $ 5,351     $ 7,922     $ 1,945     $ 3,061     $ 1,811     $ 20,090  
   Individually evaluated for impairment
   $ 718     $ 6,133     $ 335     $ 438     $ --     $ 7,624  
   Collectively evaluated for impairment
   $ 4,633     $ 1,789     $ 1,610     $ 2,623     $ 1,811     $ 12,466  

   
Commercial
Real Estate
    
Acquisition and Development
    
Commercial and Industrial
    
Residential
Mortgage
    
 
Consumer
    
 
Total
  
ALL balance at January 1, 2009
                                 $ 14,347  
   Charge-offs
                                   (10,785 )
   Recoveries
                                   940  
   Provision
                                   15,588  
ALL balance at December 31, 2009
   $ 5,351     $ 7,922     $ 1,945     $ 3,061     $ 1,811       20,090  
  Charge-offs
     (543 )     (9,770 )     (2,225 )     (2,008 )     (1,791 )     (16,337 )
   Recoveries
     94       1,097       538       391       539       2,659  
   Provision
     3,756       7,096       1,087       2,767       1,020       15,726  
ALL balance at December 31, 2010
   $ 8,658     $ 6,345     $ 1,345     $ 4,211     $ 1,579     $ 22,138  
 
8. Premises and Equipment
 
The composition of premises and equipment at December 31 is as follows:
 
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Land
   $ 9,297     $ 8,794  
Land Improvements
     1,112       815  
Premises
     25,254       23,950  
Furniture and Equipment
     16,612       21,828  
Capital Lease
     535       535  
      52,810       55,922  
Less accumulated depreciation
     (19,865 )     (24,203 )
Total
   $ 32,945     $ 31,719  

The Corporation recorded depreciation expense of $2.5 million and $2.7 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Pursuant to the terms of noncancelable operating lease agreements for banking and subsidiaries’ offices and for data processing and telecommunications equipment in effect at December 31, 2010, future minimum rent commitments under these leases for future years are as follows: $3.5 million for 2011; $3.4 million for 2012; $3.4 million for 2013; $3.3 million for 2014; $2.4 million for 2015; and $11.2 million thereafter. The leases contain options to extend for periods from one to five years, which are not included in the aforementioned amounts.
 
Total rent expense for offices amounted to $1.0 million in 2010 and $0.9 million in 2009.
 
 
[73]
 

9. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, establishes standards for the amortization of acquired intangible assets and impairment assessment of goodwill. We have $1.8 million related to acquisitions of insurance “books of business” which is subject to amortization. The $12.9 million in recorded goodwill is primarily related to the acquisition of Huntington National Bank branches that occurred in 2003 and the acquisition of insurance books of business in 2008, which is not subject to periodic amortization. During the first quarter of 2010, goodwill was increased by $1.0 million to reflect the final valuation of the insurance books of business. This amount had originally been booked as an amortizable intangible asset.
 
Goodwill arising from business combinations represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible elements in the business acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each of the Corporation’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. If the estimated current fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, no additional testing is required and an impairment loss is not recorded. Otherwise, additional testing is performed, and to the extent such additional testing results in a conclusion that the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized.
 
Our goodwill relates to value inherent in the banking business and the value is dependent upon our ability to provide quality, cost effective services in a highly competitive local market. This ability relies upon continuing investments in processing systems, the development of value-added service features and the ease of use of our services. As such, goodwill value is supported ultimately by revenue that is driven by the volume of business transacted. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the inability to deliver cost effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill, which could adversely impact earnings in future periods. ASC Topic 350 requires an annual evaluation of goodwill for impairment. The determination of whether or not these assets are impaired involves significant judgments and estimates.
 
Throughout 2010, the Corporation's common stock was trading below its book value consistent with its peer group. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s stock price was significantly below its tangible book value. Management felt that this decrease could indicate the possibility of impairment. Management consulted a third party valuation specialist to assist in the determination of the fair value of the Corporation, considering both the market approach (guideline public company method) and the income approach (discounted future benefits method). Due to the illiquidity in our stock and the adverse conditions surrounding the banking industry, reliance was placed on the income approach in determining the fair value of the Corporation. The income approach is a discounted cash flow analysis that is determined by adding (a) the present value, which is a representation of the current value of a sum that is to be received some time in the future, of the estimated net income, net of dividends paid out, that the Corporation could generate over the next five years and (b) the present value of a terminal value, which is a representation of the current value of an entity at a specified time in the future. The terminal value was calculated using both a price to tangible book multiple method and a capitalization method and the more conservative of the two was utilized in the fair value calculation.
 
Significant assumptions used in the above methods include:

·  
Net income from the Corporation’s forward five year operating budget, incorporating conservative growth and mix assumptions
·  
A discount rate of 12.50% based on the most recent [Q4 – 2010] Cost of Capital Report from Morningstar/Ibbotson Associates for the Commercial Banking Sector adjusted for a size and risk premium of 311 basis points
·  
A price to tangible book multiple of 1.03, the median multiple of the 27 commercial bank mergers and acquisitions during 2010 for selling bank and holding companies headquartered in DC, DE, MD, NC, NJ, NY, PA, VA and WV (Mid Atlantic area) as provided by SNL Financial and Corporation reports
·  
A capitalization rate of 9.5% (discount rate of 12.50% adjusted for a conservative growth rate of 3.00%)

The resulting fair value of the income approach resulted in the fair value of the Corporation exceeding the carrying value by 47%. Management stressed the assumptions used in the analysis to provide additional support to the value derived. The discount rate could increase to 24% before the excess would be eliminated in the tangible multiple method or the assumption of the tangible book multiple could reduce to 0.48 and still result in a fair value in excess of book value. Based on the results of the evaluation, management concluded that the recorded value of goodwill at December 31, 2010 was not impaired. However, future changes in strategy and/or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require adjustments to recorded asset balances. The Corporation will continue to evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and as events occur or circumstances change.

 
[74]
 
 
The significant components of goodwill and acquired intangible assets at December 31 are as follows:
 
   
2010
    
2009
  
 
 
(In thousands)
  
Gross Carrying Amount
    
 
Accumulated Amortization
    
 
Net Carrying Amount
    
Weighted Average Remaining Life
    
Gross Carrying Amount
    
 
Accumulated Amortization
    
 
Net Carrying Amount
    
Weighted Average Remaining Life
  
Goodwill
   $ 12,856     $ --     $ 12,856           $ 11,900     $ --     $ 11,900        
Core deposit intangible assets
     4,040       (4,040 )     --             4,040       (3,581 )     459       .8  
Insurance agency book of businesses
     2,884       (1,040 )     1,844       7.1       3,651       (769 )     2,882       8.1  
Total
   $ 19,780     $ (5,080 )   $ 14,700             $ 19,591     $ (4,350 )   $ 15,241          
 
Amortization expense relating to amortizable intangible assets was $0.7 million in 2010 and $1.1 million in 2009. Future estimated annual amortization expense is presented below (in thousands):

 
Year
  
Annual Amortization
  
2011
   $ 268  
2012
     268  
2013
     262  
2014
     254  
2015
     254  

10. Deposits
 
The aggregate amount of time deposits with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was $435.0 million and $372.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2010, $1.3 million of deposit overdrafts were re-classified as loans.
 
The following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of all time deposits as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

2011
   $ 481,611  
2012
     141,037  
2013
     41,385  
2014
     11,125  
2015
     38,385  
Thereafter
     0  
 
 
[75]
 
 
11. Borrowed Funds
 
The following is a summary of short-term borrowings at December 31 with original maturities of less than one year:

(Dollars in thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
            
   Outstanding at end of year
   $ 39,139     $ 47,563  
   Weighted average interest rate at year end
     0.72 %     0.66 %
   Maximum amount outstanding as of any month end
   $ 49,940     $ 50,052  
   Average amount outstanding
     41,434       43,887  
   Approximate weighted average rate during the year
     0.68 %     0.71 %

The following is a summary of long-term borrowings at December 31 with original maturities exceeding one year:

(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
FHLB advances, bearing interest at rates ranging from 2.46% to 4.93% at December 31, 2010
   $ 196,370     $ 227,423  
Junior subordinated debt, bearing interest at rates ranging from 2.15% to 9.88% at December 31, 2010
     46,730       43,121  
    $ 243,100     $ 270,544  

The contractual maturities of long-term borrowings are as follows:

   
December 31,
  
   
2010
        
   
Fixed
Rate
    
Floating
Rate
    
Total
    
2009
Total
  
Due in 2010
   $ --     $ --     $ --     $ 31,000  
Due in 2011
     51,000       --       51,000       51,000  
Due in 2012
     44,250       --       44,250       44,250  
Due in 2013
     --       --       --       --  
Due in 2014
     --       --       --       --  
Due in 2015
     30,000       5,000       35,000       30,000  
Thereafter
     81,921       30,929       112,850       114,294  
Total long-term debt
   $ 207,171     $ 35,929     $ 243,100     $ 270,544  

We have a borrowing capacity agreement with the FHLB in an amount equal to 29% of the Bank’s assets. At December 31, 2010, the available line of credit equaled $518 million. This line of credit, which can be used for both short and long-term funding, can only be utilized to the extent of available collateral. The line is secured by certain qualified mortgage, commercial and home equity loans, investment securities and cash as follows (in thousands):
 
1-4 family mortgage loans
   $ 110,857  
Commercial loans
     12,682  
Multi-family loans
     1,640  
Home equity loans
     18,902  
Cash
     76,000  
Investment securities
     6,564  
    $ 226,645  

At December 31, 2010, $30.2 million was available for additional borrowings.

We also have various unsecured lines of credit totaling $26.0 million with various financial institutions and a $20 million secured line with the Federal Reserve to meet daily liquidity requirements. As of December 31, 2010, we had no borrowings under these credit facilities. In addition, we had approximately $125 million of available funding through brokered money market funds.
 
 
[76]
 
 
Repurchase Agreements—We have retail repurchase agreements with customers within its local market areas. Repurchase agreements generally have maturities of one to four days from the transaction date. These borrowings are collateralized with securities that we own and are held in safekeeping at independent correspondent banks.
 
FHLB Advances--The FHLB advances consist of various borrowings with maturities generally ranging from five to 10 years with initial fixed rate periods of one, two or three years. After the initial fixed rate period the FHLB has one or more options to convert each advance to a LIBOR based, variable rate advance, but we may repay the advance in whole or in part, without a penalty, if the FHLB exercises its option. At all other times, our early repayment of any advance could be subject to a prepayment penalty.
 
Subordinated Debt-- In March 2004, Trust I and Trust II issued preferred securities with an aggregate liquidation amount of $30.0 million to third-party investors and issued common equity with an aggregate liquidation amount of $.9 million to First United Corporation. These Trusts used the proceeds of these offerings to purchase an equal amount of junior subordinated debentures of First United Corporation (“TPS Debentures”), as follows:
 
$20.6 million—floating rate payable quarterly based on three-month LIBOR plus 275 basis points (3.05% at December 31, 2010), maturing in 2034, redeemable five years after issuance at First United Corporation’s option.
 
$10.3 million--floating rate payable quarterly based on three-month LIBOR plus 275 basis points (3.05% at December 31, 2010) maturing in 2034, redeemable five years after issuance at First United Corporation’s option.
 
In December 2004, First United Corporation issued $5.0 million of junior subordinated debentures to third-party investors. The debentures had a fixed rate of 5.88% for the first five years, payable quarterly, and converted to a floating rate in March 2010 based on the three month LIBOR plus 185 basis points (2.15% at December 31, 2010). The debentures mature in 2015, but became redeemable five years after issuance at First United Corporation’s option.
 
In December 2009, Trust III issued 9.875% fixed-rate preferred securities with an aggregate liquidation amount of approximately $7.0 million to private investors and issued common securities to First United Corporation with an aggregate liquidation amount of approximately $.2 million. Trust III used the proceeds of the offering to purchase approximately $7.2 million of 9.875% fixed-rate TPS Debentures. Interest on these TPS Debentures is payable quarterly, and the TPS Debentures mature in 2040 but are redeemable five years after issuance at First United Corporation’s option.
 
In January 2010, Trust III issued an additional $3.5 million of 9.875% fixed-rate preferred securities to private investors and issued common securities to First United Corporation with an aggregate liquidation amount of $.1 million. Trust III used the proceeds of the offering to purchase $3.6 million of 9.875% fixed-rate TPS Debentures. Interest on these TPS Debentures is payable quarterly, and the TPS Debentures mature in 2040 but are redeemable five years after issuance at First United Corporation’s option.
 
The TPS Debentures issued to each of the Trusts represent the sole assets of that Trust, and payments of the TPS Debentures by First United Corporation are the only sources of cash flow for the Trust. First United Corporation has the right to defer interest on all of the TPS Debentures for up to 20 quarterly periods, in which case distributions on the preferred securities will also be deferred. Should this occur, the Corporation may not pay dividends or distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or acquire any shares of its capital stock. As of December 31, 2010, First United Corporation has elected to defer interest payments on all of its TPS Debentures. Interest payments on the $5.0 million junior subordinated debentures that were issued outside of trust preferred securities offerings have not been deferred.
 
12. Preferred Stock
 
On January 30, 2009, pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program adopted by the Treasury, First United Corporation issued the following securities to the Treasury for an aggregate consideration of $30.0 million: (i) 30,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having no par per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”); and (ii) a warrant to purchase 326,323 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, at an exercise price of $13.79 per share (the “Warrant”). The proceeds from this transaction qualify as Tier 1 capital and the warrant qualifies as tangible common equity. The operative documents relating to this transaction are on file with the SEC and available to the public free of charge.
 
Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of assets legally available for payment, cumulative cash dividends at a rate per annum of 5% per share on a liquidation amount of $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to each dividend period from January 30, 2009 to, but excluding, February 15, 2014. From and after February 15, 2014, holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at a rate per annum of 9% per share on a liquidation amount of $1,000 per share with respect to each dividend period thereafter. Under the terms of
 
 
[77]
 
 
the Series A Preferred Stock, on and after February 15, 2012, First United Corporation may, at its option, redeem shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, for cash at a per share amount equal to the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to but excluding the redemption date. The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock further provide that, prior to February 15, 2012, First United Corporation may redeem shares of Series A Preferred Stock only if it has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $7.5 million from one or more qualified equity offerings, and the aggregate redemption price may not exceed the net proceeds received by the Corporation from such offerings. Notwithstanding the foregoing restriction on redemption, the recently-enacted Recovery Act permits First United Corporation to redeem shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by Treasury at any time (subject to a minimum 25% redemption requirement). If First United Corporation redeems shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Recovery Act, it may also repurchase a pro rata portion of the Warrant; otherwise, Treasury must liquidate any portion of the Warrant that is not repurchased, at the current market price. Any redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock requires prior regulatory approval.
 
Until the earlier of (i) January 30, 2012 or (ii) the date on which the Treasury disposes of the Series A Preferred Stock, without the consent of the Treasury, First United Corporation is prohibited from increasing its quarterly cash dividend paid on common stock above $0.20 per share and from repurchasing or redeeming any shares of its capital stock, and the Trusts are prohibited from redeeming their trust preferred securities.
 
As of December 31, 2010, First United Corporation has deferred dividend payments on the Series A Preferred Stock. The aggregate amount of deferred dividend payments was $375,000, or .125 per preferred share at December 31, 2010.
 
13. Variable Interest Entities
 
As noted in Note 11, First United Corporation created the Trusts for the purposes of raising regulatory capital through the sale of mandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities to third party investors and common equity interests to First United Corporation. The Trusts are considered VIEs, but are not consolidated because First United Corporation is not the primary beneficiary of the Trusts. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation reported all of the $41.7 million of TPS Debentures issued in connection with these offerings as long-term borrowings (along with the $5.0 million of stand-alone junior subordinated debentures), and it reported its $1.3 million equity interest in the Trusts as “Other Assets”.
 
In November 2009, the Bank became a 99.99% limited partner in the Partnership. The Partnership will be financed with a total of $10.6 million of funding, including a $6.1 million equity contribution from the Bank as the limited partner. The Partnership will use the proceeds from these sources to purchase the land and construct a 36-unit low income housing rental complex at a total projected cost of $10.6 million. The total assets of the Partnership were approximately $7.9 million at December 31, 2010 and $1.1 million at December 31, 2009.
 
Through December 31, 2010, the Bank had made contributions to the Partnership totaling $5.1 million. The remaining $1.0 million in contributions are scheduled to be made through April 2011. Once the project is complete, estimated to be in April 2011, and certain qualifying hurdles are met and maintained, the Bank will be entitled to $8.4 million in federal investment tax credits over a 10-year period. The Bank will also receive the benefit of tax operating losses from the Partnership to the extent of its capital contribution. The investment in the Partnership assists the Bank in achieving its community reinvestment initiatives.
 
Because the Partnership is considered to be a VIE, management performed an analysis to determine whether its involvement with the Partnership would lead it to determine that it must consolidate the Partnership. In performing its analysis, management evaluated the risks creating the variability in the Partnership and identified which activities most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance. Finally, it examined each of the variable interest holders to determine which, if any, of the holders was the primary beneficiary based on their power to direct the most significant activities and their obligation to absorb potentially significant losses of the Partnership.
 
The Bank, as a limited partner, generally has no voting rights. The Bank is not in any way involved in the daily management of the Partnership and has no other rights that provide it with the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Partnership’s economic performance, which are to develop and operate the housing project in such a manner that complies with specific tax credit guidelines. As a limited partner, there is no recourse to the Bank by the creditors of the Partnership. The tax credits that result from the Bank’s investment in the Partnership are generally subject to recapture should the partnership fail to comply with the applicable government regulations. The Bank has not provided any financial or other support to the Partnership beyond its required capital contributions and does not anticipate providing such support in the future. Management currently believes that no material losses are probable as a result of the Bank’s investment in the Partnership.
 
On the basis of management’s analysis, the general partner is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the Partnership. Because the Bank is not the primary beneficiary, the Partnership has not been included in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
 
 
[78]
 
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation included the unfunded commitment in “Other Liabilities” and its total investment in the Partnership in “Other Assets” in its Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The following table presents details of the Bank’s involvement with the Partnership at the dates indicated:
 
 
 
(In thousands)
  
December 31, 2010
    
December 31, 2009
  
Investment in LIHTC Partnership
            
Carrying amount on Balance Sheet of:
            
   Investment (Other Assets)
   $ 6,050     $ 6,050  
   Unfunded commitment (Other Liabilities)
     966       5,498  
Maximum exposure to loss
     6,050       6,050  
 
14. Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) (“OCI”) consists of the changes in unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available-for-sale, cash flow hedges and benefit obligations. Total comprehensive income/(loss), which consists of net income/(loss) plus the changes in other comprehensive income/(loss), was ($3.4) million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following tables present the accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the components included therein:

 
 
(In thousands)
  
Investment securities– with OTTI
    
Investment securities-
all other
    
Cash Flow Hedge
    
 
Pension Plan
    
 
SERP
    
 
Total
  
Accumulated OCI, net:
                                    
Balance-January 1, 2009
   $ --     $ (33,190 )   $ --     $ (7,386 )   $ (407 )   $ (40,983 )
Net gain/(loss) during period
     (9,364 )     21,786       (36 )     2,335       (397 )     14,324  
Balance-December 31, 2009
     (9,364 )     (11,404 )     (36 )     (5,051 )     (804 )     (26,659 )
Net gain/(loss) during period
     (1,461 )     7,448       (460 )     848       463       6,838  
Balance-December 31, 2010
   $ (10,825 )   $ (3,956 )   $ (496 )   $ (4,203 )   $ (341 )   $ (19,821 )

 
[79]
 
 
   
Years Ended December 31
  
Components of OCI
  
2010
    
2009
  
Available for sale (AFS) securities with OTTI:
            
    Securities with OTTI charges during the period
   $ (10,814 )   $ (42,394 )
    Less:  OTTI charges recognized in income
     (8,364 )     (26,693 )
Unrealized losses on investments with OTTI
     (2,450 )     (15,701 )
Taxes
     989       6,337  
Net unrealized losses on investments with OTTI
     (1,461 )     (9,364 )
                 
Available for sale securities – all other:
                
    Unrealized holding gains/(losses) during the period
     (487 )     (5,733 )
    Less:  reclassification adjustment for (losses)/gains recognized in income
     (2,162 )      131  
    Less:  securities with OTTI charges during the period
     (10,814 )     (42,394 )
Unrealized gains on all other AFS securities
     12,489       36,530  
Taxes
     (5,041 )     (14,744 )
Net unrealized gains on all other AFS securities
     7,448       21,786  
                 
Net unrealized gains on AFS securities
     5,987       12,422  
                 
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges
     (772 )     (60 )
Taxes
     312       24  
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges
     (460 )     (36 )
                 
Defined benefit plans liability adjustment
     2,198       3,249  
Taxes
     (887 )     (1,311 )
Net defined benefit plans liability adjustment
     1,311       1,938  
Total
   $ 6,838     $ 14,324  

15. Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31:
 
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Current Tax (benefit)/expense:
            
     Federal
   $ (4,654 )   $ 187  
     State
     (1,524 )     357  
    $ (6,178 )   $ 544  
Deferred tax (benefit)/expense:
                
     Federal
   $ (1,917 )   $ (7,830 )
     State
     78       (1,210 )
    $ (1,839 )   $ (9,040 )
Income tax benefit for the year
   $ (8,017 )   $ (8,496 )
 
 
[80]
 
 
The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and effective income tax rate is as follows:
 
   
2010
    
2009
  
Federal statutory rate
     (35.0 %)     (35.0 %)
Tax-exempt income on securities and loans
     (6.6 )     (6.6 )
Tax-exempt BOLI income
     (2.0 )     2.5  
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit
     (5.0 )     (4.9 )
QZAB credit
     3.68       --  
Other
     .92       1.1  
      (44.0 %)     (42.9 %)
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Corporation’s temporary differences as of December 31 are as follows:
 
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Deferred tax assets:
            
   Allowance for loan losses
   $ 8,935     $ 8,108  
   Deferred loan fees
     164       211  
   Deferred compensation
     585       562  
   Tax loss carry forwards
     4,378       1,079  
   Unrealized loss on investment securities available-for-sale
     10,002       14,053  
   Other than temporary impairment on investment securities
     5,948       7,004  
   Other real estate owned
     1,149       1,446  
   Other
     1,166       706  
     Total deferred tax assets
     32,327       33,169  
   Valuation allowance
     (1,212 )     (1,079 )
     Total deferred tax assets less valuation allowance
     31,115       32,090  
Deferred tax liabilities:
                
   Amortization of goodwill and core deposit intangible
     (1,146 )     (988 )
   Pension/SERP
     (867 )     (53 )
   Depreciation
     (1,926 )     (1,707 )
   Other
     (776 )     (153 )
     Total deferred tax liabilities
     (4,715 )     (2,901 )
Net deferred tax assets
   $ 26,400     $ 29,189  
 
State income tax (benefit) amounted to ($1.4) million during 2010 and ($0.9) million during 2009. A valuation allowance has been provided for the state tax loss carry forwards of $1.2 million included in deferred tax assets which will expire commencing in 2019.
 
16. Employee Benefit Plans
 
First United Corporation sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) covering substantially all full-time employees who qualify as to age and length of service. The benefits are based on years of service and the employees’ compensation during the last five years of employment. First United Corporation’s funding policy is to make annual contributions in amounts sufficient to meet the current year’s minimum funding requirements.
 
During 2001, the Bank established an unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan (the “SERP”) to provide senior management personnel with supplemental retirement benefits in excess of limits imposed on qualified plans by federal tax law. Concurrent with the establishment of the SERP, the Bank acquired bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies on the senior management personnel and officers of the Bank. The benefits resulting from the favorable tax treatment accorded the earnings on the BOLI policies are intended to provide a source of funds for the future payment of the SERP benefits as well as other employee benefit costs.
 
 
[81]
 
 
The benefit obligation activity for both the Pension Plan and SERP was calculated using an actuarial measurement date of January 1. Plan assets and the benefit obligations were calculated using an actuarial measurement date of December 31.
 
Effective April 30, 2010, the Pension Plan was amended, resulting in a “soft freeze”, the effect of which prohibits new entrants into the plan and ceases crediting of additional years of service, after that date.
 
The following table summarizes benefit obligation and funded status, plan asset activity, components of net pension cost, and weighted average assumptions for the Pension Plan and the SERP plans:

   
Pension
    
SERP
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
    
2010
    
2009
  
Change in Benefit Obligation
                        
Obligation at the beginning of the year
   $ 21,862     $ 20,543     $ 4,590     $ 3,446  
Service cost
     --       808       175       134  
Interest cost
     1,308       1,217       274       229  
Change in assumptions
     --       --       --       102  
Actuarial (gains)/losses
     314       16       (597 )     705  
Benefits paid
     (884 )     (722 )     (38 )     (26 )
Obligation at the end of the year
     22,600       21,862       4,404       4,590  
Change in Plan Assets
                                
Fair value at the beginning of the year
     26,583       22,245       --       --  
Actual return on plan assets
     3,453       5,060       --       --  
Employer contribution
     --       --       38       26  
Benefits paid
     (884 )     (722 )     (38 )     (26 )
Fair value at the end of the year
     29,152       26,583       --       --  
Funded Status
   $ 6,552     $ 4,721     $ (4,404 )   $ (4,590 )

   
Pension
    
SERP
  
   
2010
    
2009
    
2010
    
2009
  
Components of Net Pension Cost
                        
Service cost
   $ --     $ 808     $ 175     $ 134  
Interest cost
     1,308       1,217       274       229  
Expected return on assets
     (2,031 )     (1,703 )     --       --  
Amortization of transition asset
     (39 )     (39 )     --       --  
Amortization of recognized loss
     345       625       60       --  
Amortization of prior service cost
     7       10       126       126  
Net pension (income)/expense in employee benefits
   $ (410 )   $ 918     $ 635     $ 489  
                                 
Weighted Average Assumptions used to
determine benefit obligations:
                                
Discount rate for benefit obligations
     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %
Discount rate for net pension cost
     6.00 %     6.00 %     --       --  
Expected long-term return on assets
     7.75 %     7.75 %     --       --  
Rate of compensation increase
     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was $22.2 million and $18.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for the SERP was $4.4 million and $4.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 
[82]
 
 
The investment assets of the defined benefit plan are managed with the goal of providing for retiree distributions while also supporting long-term plan obligations with a moderate level of portfolio risk. In order to address the variability over time of both risk and return, the plan investment strategy entails a dynamic approach to asset allocation, providing for normalized targets for major asset classes, with the ability to tactically adjust within the following specified ranges around those targets.

 
Asset Class
  
Normalized Target
    
Range
  
Cash
     5 %     0% - 20 %
Fixed Income
     40 %     30% - 50 %
Equities
     55 %     45% - 65 %

Decisions regarding tactical adjustments within the above noted ranges for asset classes are based on a top down review of factors expected to have material impact on the risk and reward dynamics of the portfolio as a whole. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

a)  
Anticipated domestic and international economic growth as a whole.
b)  
The position of the economy within its longer term economic cycle.
c)  
The expected impact of economic vitality, cycle positioning, financial market risks, industry/demographic trends and political forces on the various market sectors and investment styles.

With respect to individual company securities, additional company specific matters are considered, which could include management track record and guidance, future earnings expectations, current relative price expectations and the impact of identified risks on expected performance, among others. A core equity position of large cap stocks will be maintained, with more aggressive or volatile sectors meaningfully represented in the asset mix in pursuit of higher returns.
 
Strategic and specific investment decisions are guided by an in-house investment committee as well as a number of outside institutional resources that provide economic, industry and company data and analytics. It is management’s intent to give the Plan’s investment managers flexibility with respect to investment decisions and their timing within the overall guidelines. However, certain investments require specific review and approval by management. Management is also informed of anticipated changes in nonproprietary investment managers, significant modifications of any previously approved investment, or the anticipated use of derivatives to execute investment strategies.
 
Portfolio risk is managed in large part by a focus on diversification across multiple levels as well as an emphasis on financial strength. For example, current investment policies restrict initial investments in debt securities to be rated investment grade at the time of purchase. Also, with the exception of the highest rated securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury or government-backed agency securities), no more than 10% of the portfolio may be invested in a single entity’s securities. As a result of the previously noted approaches to controlling portfolio risk, any concentrations of risk would be associated with general systemic risks faced by industry sectors or the portfolio as a whole.
 
Assets in the Pension Plan are valued by the Corporation’s accounting system provider who utilizes a third party pricing service. Valuation data is based on actual market data for stocks and mutual funds (Level 1) and matrix pricing for bonds (Level 2). Cash and cash equivalents are also considered Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.

 
 
[83]
 
 
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the value of Pension Plan investments was as follows:

               
Fair Value Hierarchy
  
December 31, 2010
(Dollars in thousands)
  
Assets at Fair Value
    
% of Portfolio
    
Level 1
    
Level 2
  
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 973       3.3 %   $ 973     $ --  
Fixed income securities:
                                
     U.S. Government and Agencies
     416       1.4 %     --       416  
     Taxable municipal bonds and notes
     1,275       4.4 %     --       1,275  
     Corporate bonds and notes
     6,262       21.5 %     --       6,262  
     Preferred stock
     862       3.0 %     --       862  
     Fixed income mutual funds
     2,389       8.2 %     2,389       --  
        Total fixed income
     11,204       38.5 %     2,389       8,815  
Equities:
                                
     Large Cap
     11,119       38.1 %     11,119       --  
     Mid Cap
     2,329       8.0 %     2,329       --  
     Small Cap
     1,628       5.6 %     1,628       --  
     International
     1,899       6.5 %     1,899       --  
        Total equities
     16,975       58.2 %     16,975       --  
Total market value
   $ 29,152       100.0 %   $ 20,337     $ 8,815  

 
               
Fair Value Hierarchy
  
December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)
  
Assets at Fair Value
    
% of Portfolio
    
Level 1
    
Level 2
  
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 869       3.3 %   $ 869     $ --  
Fixed income securities:
                                
     U.S. Government and Agencies
     1,693       6.4 %     --       1,693  
     Taxable municipal bonds and notes
     168       0.6 %     --       168  
     Corporate bonds and notes
     5,932       22.3 %     --       5,932  
     Preferred stock
     757       2.9 %     --       757  
     Fixed income mutual funds
     1,889       7.1 %     1,889       --  
        Total fixed income
     10,439       39.3 %     1,889       8,550  
Equities:
                                
     Large Cap
     10,075       37.9 %     10,075       --  
     Mid Cap
     2,057       7.7 %     2,057       --  
     Small Cap
     906       3.4 %     906       --  
     International
     2,237       8.4 %     2,237       --  
        Total equities
     15,275       57.4 %     15,275       --  
Total market value
   $ 26,583       100.0 %   $ 18,033     $ 8,550  
 
The expected rate of return on pension assets is based on a combination of the following:
a)  
Historical returns of the pension portfolio.
b)  
Monte Carlo simulations of expected returns for a portfolio with strategic asset targets similar to the normalized targets.
c)  
Market impact adjustments to reflect expected future investment environment considerations.

As of December 31, 2010, the 20-year average return on pension portfolio assets was 7.97%. Monte Carlo simulations modeled against the normalized asset class targets for the pension portfolio suggest an expected long-term return average of 7.28% with a 95% confidence level. Actual and simulated returns have been impacted materially by two significant bear markets that covered four of the last 10 years. Some long-term data suggests that U.S. equities may be near an inflection point to improving multi-year performance. For example, Ibbotson data from 1826 through 2009 indicates that rolling 10-year returns exhibit some cyclicality. These returns recently touched historical lows and may be turning upward. In addition, the December 2007 recession ended in mid-2009, suggesting further progress toward economic recovery and positive investment performance. The expected long-term return used for 2010 was 7.75%. Based on the above considerations, it is considered appropriate to maintain the forward expected long-term rates of return at 7.75%.
 
 
[84]
 
 
The following summarizes the number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock and the fair value of such shares that are included in Pension Plan assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, as well as dividends paid to the Pension Plan for such years:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Number of shares held
     --       3,000  
Number of shares purchased
     --       --  
Number of shares sold
     3,000       --  
Fair value
   $ --     $ 18  
Dividends paid
   $ --     $ 2  
Percentage of total plan assets
     0.00 %     0.07 %

Estimated cash flows related to future benefit payments from the Pension Plan and SERP are as follows:
 
 
(In thousands)
  
Pension Plan
    
SERP
  
2011
   $ 892     $ 39  
2012
     928       76  
2013
     971       118  
2014
     1,034       179  
2015
     1,099       171  
2016-2020     6,821       1,400  
    $ 11,745     $ 1,983  
 
First United Corporation does not intend to contribute to the pension plan in 2011 based upon its fully funded status and an evaluation of the future benefits provided under the pension plan. The Bank expects to fund the annual projected benefit payments for the SERP from operations.

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, net of tax, are as follows:

   
2010
    
2009
  
(In thousands)
  
Pension
    
SERP
    
Pension
    
SERP
  
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
   $ 4,252     $ 136     $ 5,119     $ 524  
Unrecognized prior service costs
     56       205       60       280  
Net transition asset
     (105 )     --       (128 )     --  
    $ 4,203     $ 341     $ 5,051     $ 804  
 
 
[85]
 
 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows:

Defined Benefit Pension Plan
      
   Net actuarial gain during the period
   $ 1,145  
   Amortization of prior service costs
     7  
   Amortization of transition asset
     (39 )
   Amortization of unrecognized loss
     345  
      1,458  
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
        
   Net actuarial gain during the period
     614  
   New prior service cost
     --  
   Amortization of prior service costs
     126  
      740  
Change in Plan Assets and Benefit Costs
     2,198  
   Tax effect
     (887 )
Amount included in other comprehensive loss, net of tax
   $ 1,311  

The estimated costs that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic pension cost during the next fiscal year are as follows:
 
(In thousands)
  
Pension
    
SERP
  
Prior service costs
   $ 7     $ 126  
Net transition asset
     (39 )     --  
Net actuarial loss
     352       60  
    $ 320     $ 186  
 
17. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
 
The First United Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) is a defined contribution plan that is intended to qualify under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan covers substantially all employees of the Corporation and its affiliates. Eligible employees can elect to contribute to the plan through payroll deductions. The first 1% of contributions of an employee’s base salary are matched at 100% and the next 5% are matched on a 50% basis by the Corporation. Expense charged to operations for the 401(k) Plan was $0.4 million and $0.5 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
18. Federal Reserve Requirements
 
The Bank is required to maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond based principally on the type and amount of its deposits. During 2010, the daily average amount of these required reserves was approximately $0.9 million.
 
19. Restrictions on Dividend Payments
 
The Corporation is subject to an informal agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the "FRBR") which requires the Corporation to seek the prior approval of the FRBR before making any dividend payment or other distribution on its capital securities or other securities that qualify as Tier 1 capital. On November 15, 2010, the Corporation, at the request of the FRBR, deferred regularly quarterly cash dividend payments on its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the "Series A Preferred Stock"). Pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, the deferral prohibits the Corporation from paying dividends or other distributions on its common stock. On December 15, 2010, the Corporation, as the request of the FRBR, elected to defer regular quarterly interest payments on its junior subordinated debentures underlying trust preferred securities issued by the Trusts, beginning with the payments that are due in March 2011. This deferral likewise prohibits the Corporation from paying any dividends or distributions on its capital securities.
 
20. Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends, Loans or Advances
 
Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends paid and loans or advances made by the Bank to First United Corporation. The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of the Bank, and loans or advances are limited to 10 percent of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus on a secured basis. In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to First United Corporation would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. At December 31, 2010, the Bank could have paid additional dividends of $15.0 million to First United Corporation within these limits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank is subject to an informal agreement with the FDIC and the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation which requires the Bank to seek the prior approval of these regulators before making any dividend payment to First United Corporation.
 
 
[86]
 
 
21. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
 
We are at times, and in the ordinary course of business, subject to legal actions. However, to the knowledge of management, we are not currently subject to any such legal actions.
 
Loan commitments are made to accommodate the financial needs of our customers. Letters of credit commit us to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. Letters of credit are issued to customers to support contractual obligations and to insure job performance. Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain cancellation clauses in the event of an adverse change in the customer’s credit quality. Historically, most letters of credit expire unfunded, and therefore, cash requirements are substantially less than the total commitment. Loan commitments and letters of credit have credit risk essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to normal credit policies. Collateral is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The Corporation considers letters of credit to be guarantees and the amount of liability related to such guarantees was not significant at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The following table is a summary of commitments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

             
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Loans
   $ 88,076     $ 87,256  
Commercial letters of credit
     4,855       2,941  
     Total
   $ 92,931     $ 90,197  

22. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Corporation complies with the guidance of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements required under other accounting pronouncements. This guidance applies only to fair value measurements required or permitted under current accounting guidelines, but does not require any new fair value measurements. The Corporation also follows the guidance on matters relating to all financial instruments found in ASC Subtopic 825-10, Financial Instruments – Overall.
 
Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants as of the measurement date. Fair value is best determined by values quoted through active trading markets. Active trading markets are characterized by numerous transactions of similar financial instruments between willing buyers and willing sellers. Because no active trading market exists for various types of financial instruments, many of the fair values disclosed were derived using present value discounted cash flows or other valuation techniques described below. As a result, the Corporation’s ability to actually realize these derived values cannot be assumed.
 
The Corporation measures fair values based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Paragraph 820-10-35-37. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value under the hierarchy are as follows:
 
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets and liabilities. This level is the most reliable source of valuation.
 
Level 2: Quoted prices that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates and yield curves at commonly quoted intervals, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks, and default rates). It also includes inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market-corroborated inputs). Several sources are utilized for valuing these assets, including a contracted valuation service, S&P evaluations and pricing services, and other valuation matrices.

 
 
[87]
 
 
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the valuation assumptions and not readily observable in the market (i.e. supported with little or no market activity). Level 3 instruments are valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed, and consider risk premiums that a market participant would require.
 
The level established within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
In April 2009, FASB issued additional guidance in ASC Subparagraphs 820-10-35-51A and 820-10-35-51B on determining when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability has significantly decreased and provides a list of factors that a reporting entity should evaluate to determine whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability. When the reporting entity concludes there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, further analysis of the information from that market is needed and significant adjustments to the related prices may be necessary to estimate fair value. The new guidance also clarifies in ASC Subparagraphs 820-10-35-51E and 820-10-35-51F that when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, some transactions may not be orderly. In those situations, the entity must evaluate the weight of the evidence to determine whether the transaction is orderly. The guidance provides a list of circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly. A transaction price that is not associated with an orderly transaction is given little, if any, weight when estimating fair value. The Corporation elected to early adopt this guidance for its March 31, 2009 financial statements as provided in the effective date provisions of ASC Paragraph 820-10-65-4.
 
The Corporation believes that its valuation techniques are appropriate and consistent with other market participants. However, the use of different methodologies and assumptions could result in a different estimate of fair values at the reporting date. The following valuation techniques were used to measure the fair value of assets in the table below which are measured on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2010.
 
Investments available for sale – The fair value of investments available-for-sale is determined using a market approach. As of December 31, 2010, the U.S. Government agencies, residential mortgage-backed securities, private label residential mortgage-backed securities, and municipal bonds segments are classified as Level 2 within the valuation hierarchy. Their fair values were determined based upon market-corroborated inputs and valuation matrices, which were obtained through third party data service providers or securities brokers through which the Corporation has historically transacted both purchases and sales of investment securities.
 
The CDO segment, which consists of pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks, thrifts and insurance companies, is classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation owned 18 pooled trust preferred securities with an amortized cost of $36.5 million and a fair value of $9.8 million. The market for these securities at December 31, 2010 is not active and markets for similar securities are also not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which these securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market is also inactive, as few CDOs have been issued since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who are willing to transact for these securities. The market values for these securities or any securities other than those issued or guaranteed by the Treasury, are very depressed relative to historical levels. Therefore, in the current market, a low market price for a particular bond may only provide evidence of stress in the credit markets in general rather than being an indicator of credit problems with a particular issue. Given the conditions in the current debt markets and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and new issue markets, management has determined that (a) the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for the purpose of obtaining fair value at December 31, 2010, (b) an income valuation approach technique (i.e. present value) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than a market approach, and (c) the CDO segment is appropriately classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy because management determined that significant adjustments were required to determine fair value at the measurement date.
 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, management utilized an independent third party to prepare both the evaluations of OTTI as well as the fair value determinations for its CDO portfolio. In previous periods, management performed internal impairment valuations and utilized a third party service for the portfolio pricing. Management believes the change will provide a more consistent approach going forward and does not believe that there were any material differences in the impairment evaluations and pricing between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.
 
 
[88]
 
 
The approach of the third party utilized beginning in the first quarter of 2010 to determine fair value involved several steps, including detailed credit and structural evaluation of each piece of collateral in each bond, default, recovery and prepayment/amortization probabilities for each piece of collateral in the bond, and discounted cash flow modeling. The discount rate methodology used by the third party combines a baseline current market yield for comparable corporate and structured credit products with adjustments based on evaluations of the differences found in structure and risks associated with actual and projected credit performance of each CDO being valued. Currently, the only active and liquid trading market that exists is for stand-alone trust preferred securities. Therefore, adjustments to the baseline discount rate are also made to reflect the additional leverage found in structured instruments.
 
Previously, the Corporation obtained fair values for these securities from Moody’s Analytics and from S&P. Information such as performance of the underlying collateral, deferral/default rates, cash flow projections, related relevant trades, models, inquiries of trading firms who are prominent in the trust preferred securities market, actual market activity, clearing levels where bonds are likely to trade, current market sentiment and other analytical tools were utilized by the third-parties in determining individual security valuations in accordance with proper accounting guidance.
 
In determining the fair values of the CDOs with no intent to sell at December 31, 2009, Moody’s Analytics utilized an income valuation approach (present value technique) which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. Management believes that this approach is more indicative of fair value than the market approach that has been used historically, and involves several steps. The credit quality of the collateral was estimated using the average probability of default values for each underlying issuer, adjusted for credit ratings. The default probabilities also considered the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry, such as banks with other banks. The loss given default was assumed to be 95%, allowing for a 5% recovery of collateral. Management elected to utilize the option assuming that there were no defaults or deferrals for a two-year time period for those banks who have publicly announced participation in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”). The cash flows for the securities were forecast for the underlying collateral and applied to each tranche in the structure to determine the resulting distribution among the securities. These expected cash flows were then discounted to calculate the present value of the security. The effective discount rate utilized by Moody’s Analytics for the various securities in the present value calculation was the three-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points (a risk free rate plus a premium for illiquidity). The resulting prices are highly dependent upon the credit quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the security and the prepayment assumptions. Moody’s Analytics modeled the calculations in several thousand scenarios using a Monte Carlo engine and the average price was used for valuation purposes.
 
S&P is another independent third party whose pricing methodology is based upon inquiries of trading firms who are prominent in the trust preferred market. Information such as actual market activity, clearing levels where bonds are likely to trade and current market sentiment are considered in valuations. S&P structures their approach to pricing on the premise that the market now trades on dollar price versus yield or discount margin. This pricing methodology is more market driven, considering distressed sales, and is more indicative of the pricing likely to be achieved should the securities be sold in the short term. Management utilized this approach in determining the fair values of the CDOs for which the Corporation had intent to sell at December 31, 2009. These securities were sold in the first quarter of 2010.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments: The Corporation’s open derivative positions are interest rate swaps that are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy. Open derivative positions are valued using externally developed pricing models based on observable market inputs provided by a third party and validated by management. The Corporation has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap assets.
 
Impaired loans – Loans included in the table below are those that are considered impaired, with a valuation allowance, under the guidance of the loan impairment subsection of the Receivables Topic, ASC Section 310-10-35, under which the Corporation has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value consists of the loan balance less its valuation allowance and is generally determined based on independent third-party appraisals of the collateral or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. Management applies a sensitivity analysis to appraised values based upon their age and the geographic location of the collateral. Generally, if an appraisal for a loan considered to be impaired is more than 18 months old, a new third party appraisal will be ordered. Valuations are typically based on an “as is” appraised value. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.
 
Other real estate owned – Fair value of other real estate owned was based on independent third-party appraisals of the properties. These values were determined based on the sales prices of similar properties in the approximate geographic area. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. Fair value on other real estate owned included in the table below are those that have had a valuation allowance established subsequent to foreclosure.
 
 
[89]
 
 
For assets measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
 
       
Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2010 Using
(In Thousands)
  
 
 
Description
  
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value
12/31/2010
  
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
  
Recurring:
                    
Investment securities available-for-sale:
                    
   U.S. government agencies
   $ 24,850       $ 24,850        
   Residential mortgage-backed agencies
   $ 99,613       $ 99,613        
   Collateralized mortgage obligations
   $ 662       $ 662        
   Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   $ 94,724       $ 94,724        
   Collateralized debt obligations
   $ 9,838               $ 9,838  
Financial Derivative
   $ (832 )             $ (832 )
Non-recurring:
                          
Impaired loans
   $ 15,347               $ 15,347  
Other real estate owned
   $ 2,788               $ 2,788  
   
 
       
Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2009 Using
(In Thousands)
  
 
 
 
Description
  
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value
12/31/2009
  
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
  
Recurring:
                    
Investment securities available-for-sale:
                    
   U.S. government agencies
   $ 68,263       $ 68,263        
   Residential mortgage-backed agencies
   $ 62,573       $ 62,573        
   Collateralized mortgage obligations
   $ 33,197       $ 33,197        
   Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   $ 97,303       $ 97,303        
   Collateralized debt obligations
   $ 12,448               $ 12,448  
Financial Derivative
   $ (60 )             $ (60 )
Non-recurring:
                          
Impaired loans
   $ 21,053               $ 21,053  
Other real estate owned
   $ 40               $ 40  

The following tables show a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair valued assets measured using Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
 
[90]
 
 
   
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
(In Thousands)
  
   
Investment Securities
 Available for Sale
    
Investment Securities – Trading
    
Cash Flow
Hedge
  
Beginning balance January 1, 2010
   $ 12,448     $ --     $ (60 )
   Total gains/(losses) realized/unrealized:
                        
       Included in earnings
     (8,364 )     1       --  
       Included in other comprehensive loss
     5,956       --       (772 )
   Purchases, issuances, and settlements
     --       --       --  
       Transfers from Available-for-Sale to Trading
     --       --       --  
       Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
     --       --       --  
       Sales
     (202 )     (1 )     --  
Ending balance December 31, 2010
   $ 9,838     $ --     $ (832 )
                         
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in realized/unrealized gains or losses related to assets still held at the reporting date
   $ (8,364 )   $    --     $    --  

   
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
(In Thousands)
  
   
Investment Securities
 Available for Sale
    
Investment Securities – Trading
    
Cash Flow
Hedge
  
Beginning balance January 1, 2009
   $ 24,266     $ --     $ --  
   Total gains/(losses) realized/unrealized:
                        
       Included in earnings
     (26,522 )     (443 )     --  
       Included in other comprehensive loss
     15,147       --       --  
   Purchases, issuances, and settlements
     --       --       (60 )
       Transfers from Available-for-Sale to Trading
     (443 )     443       --  
       Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
     --       --       --  
       Sales
     --       --       --  
Ending balance December 31, 2009
   $ 12,448     $ --     $ (60 )
                         
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in realized/unrealized gains or losses related to assets still held at the reporting date
   $ (26,522 )   $ (443 )   $    --  

Gains and losses (realized and unrealized) included in earnings for the periods above are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in other operating income.

The fair values disclosed under ASC Subtopic 825-10 may vary significantly between institutions based on the estimates and assumptions used in the various valuation methodologies. The derived fair values are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and significant judgment. Therefore, they cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the assumptions could significantly impact the derived estimates of fair value. Disclosure of non financial assets such as buildings as well as certain financial instruments such as leases is not required. Accordingly, the aggregate fair values presented do not represent the underlying value of the Corporation.
 
 
[91]
 
 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Corporation in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:
 
Cash and due from banks: The carrying amounts for cash and due from banks and federal funds sold approximate their fair values.
 
Interest bearing deposits in banks: The carrying amount of interest bearing deposits approximates their fair values.
 
Restricted Bank Stock: The carrying value of stock issued by the FHLB of Atlanta, ACBB and CBB approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of that stock.
 
Loans (excluding impaired loans with specific loss allowances): For variable rate loans and leases that reprice frequently or “in one year or less,” and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for fixed rate loans and leases and loans and leases that do not reprice frequently are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current market interest rates being offered on the various loan products.
 
Deposits: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, savings, and certain types of money market accounts, etc.) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on the various certificates of deposit to the cash flow stream.
 
Borrowed funds: The fair value of the Bank’s FHLB borrowings and First United Corporation’s junior subordinated debt is calculated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, using rates currently existing for borrowings with similar remaining maturities. The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximate their fair values.
 
Accrued Interest: The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and payable approximates their fair values.
 
Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments: In the normal course of business, the Bank makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby letters of credit. The Bank expects most of these commitments to expire without being drawn upon; therefore, the commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Due to the uncertainty of cash flows and difficulty in the predicting the timing of such cash flows, fair values were not estimated for these instruments.
 
The following table presents fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the statement of financial condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The actual carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments that are included in the statement of financial condition are as follows:

   
2010
    
2009
  
 
(In thousands)
  
Carrying Amount
    
Fair
Value
    
Carrying Amount
    
Fair
Value
  
Financial Assets:
                        
Cash and due from banks
   $ 184,830     $ 184,830     $ 139,169     $ 139,169  
Interest bearing deposits in banks
     114,483       114,483       50,502       50,502  
Investment securities-AFS
     229,687       229,687       273,784       273,784  
Restricted Bank stock
     12,449       12,449       13,861       13,861  
Loans, net
     987,615       969,178       1,101,794       1,093,241  
Accrued interest receivable
     4,632       4,632       6,103       6,103  
                                 
Financial Liabilities:
                                
Deposits
     1,301,646       1,252,661       1,304,166       1,251,465  
Borrowed funds
     282,239       288,052       318,107       325,090  
Accrued interest payable
     2,291       2,291       2,881       2,881  
Financial derivative
     832       832       60       60  
Off balance sheet financial instruments
     --       --       --       --  
 
 
[92]
 
 
23. Derivative Financial Instruments
 
As a part of managing interest rate risk, the Bank entered into interest rate swap agreements to modify the re-pricing characteristics of certain interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank has designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges under the guidance of ASC Subtopic 815-30, Derivatives and Hedging – Cash Flow Hedges. Cash flow hedges have the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative, net of taxes, recorded in net accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
In July 2009, the Bank entered into three interest rate swap contracts totaling $20.0 million notional amount, hedging future cash flows associated with floating rate trust preferred debt. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the interest rate swap contracts was ($832) thousand and was reported in accrued interest payable and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Cash in the amount of $1.4 million is posted as collateral as of December 31, 2010.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation recorded a net of tax decrease in the value of the derivatives of $460 thousand in net accumulated other comprehensive loss to reflect the effective portion of cash flow hedges. ASC Subtopic 815-30 requires this amount to be reclassified to earnings if the hedge becomes ineffective or is terminated. There was no hedge ineffectiveness recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Corporation does not expect any losses relating to these hedges to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months.
 
Interest rate swap agreements are entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and the Corporation believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts is not significant as of December 31, 2010.
 
The table below discloses the impact of derivative financial instruments on the Corporation’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 

 
 
Derivative in Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
 
(In thousands)
  
 
Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in OCI on derivative
(effective portion)
    
Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI
into income
(effective portion) (a)
    
Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in income on derivative (ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing) (b)
  
Interest rate contracts:
                  
      December 31, 2010
   $ (496 )   $ --     $ --  
      December 31, 2009
   $ (36 )   $ --     $ --  

(a)  
Reported as interest expense
(b)  
Reported as other income
 
 
[93]
 
 
24. Parent Company Only Financial Information
 
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
 
   
December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Assets
            
Cash
   $ 1,556     $ 8,474  
Investment securities
     --       --  
Investment in bank subsidiary
     137,143       131,018  
Investment in non-bank subsidiaries
     4,285       4,137  
Other assets
     2,265       2,110  
Total Assets
   $ 145,249     $ 145,739  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity
                
Accrued interest and other liabilities
   $ 2,504     $ 1,437  
Dividends payable
     375       615  
Junior subordinated debt
     46,730       43,121  
Shareholder’s equity
     95,640       100,566  
Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity
   $ 145,249     $ 145,739  
 
 
Condensed Statements of Operations
   
Year Ended
 December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Income:
            
Dividend income from bank subsidiary
   $ --     $ 7,247  
Other income
     421       481  
Total Income
     421       7,728  
                 
Expenses:
                
Interest expense
     2,645       1,823  
Other expenses
     354       279  
Total Expenses
     2,999       2,102  
                 
(Loss)/Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net (loss)/income of subsidiaries
     (2,578 )     5,626  
Applicable income taxes
     --       (590 )
Net (loss)/Income before equity in undistributed net (loss)/income of subsidiaries
     (2,578 )     6,216  
                 
Equity in undistributed net (loss)/income of subsidiaries:
                
   Bank
     (7,780 )     (17,776 )
   Non-bank
     161       236  
Net Loss
   $ (10,197 )   $ (11,324 )


 
[94]
 
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
   
Year Ended
December 31,
  
(In thousands)
  
2010
    
2009
  
Operating Activities
            
Net Loss
   $ (10,197 )   $ (11,324 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided
   by/(used in)operating activities:
                
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
     7,619       17,540  
(Increase)/Decrease in other assets
     (493 )     4,330  
Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
     1,067       257  
Stock Compensation
     70       (16 )
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
     (1,934 )     10,787  
                 
Investing Activities
                
Proceeds from investment maturities
     --       1,236  
Net investment in subsidiaries
     (6,716 )     (35,632 )
Net cash used in investing activities
     (6,716 )     (34,396 )
                 
Financing Activities
                
Dividends – common stock
     (800 )     (4,893 )
Dividends – preferred stock paid
     (1,125 )     (1,186 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
     48       488  
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
     3,609       7,192  
Proceeds from stock and warrants
     --       30,000  
Net cash provided by financing activities
     1,732       31,601  
(Decrease)/Increase in cash and cash equivalents
     (6,918 )     7,992  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
     8,474       482  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
   $ 1,556     $ 8,474  

 
25. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
 
The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
 
2010 (In thousands, except per share amounts)
  
First Quarter
    
Second Quarter
    
Third Quarter
    
Fourth Quarter
  
Interest income
   $ 19,521     $ 18,273     $ 17,253     $ 15,700  
Interest expense
     7,528       7,436       7,352       6,848  
   Net interest income
     11,993       10,837       9,901       8,852  
Provision for loan losses
     3,555       3,631       3,467       5,073  
Other income
     3,583       3,859       3,780       3,722  
Impairment Losses on securities
     (7,514 )     (551 )     (210 )     (89 )
Losses - other
     (1,991 )     (466 )     (687 )     (2,986 )
Other expenses
     11,242       11,415       11,162       10,702  
   Loss before income taxes
     (8,726 )     (1,367 )     (1,845 )     (6,276 )
Applicable income tax benefit
     (3,615 )     (451 )     (2,167 )     (1,784 )
   Net (loss)/income
   $ (5,111 )   $ (916 )   $ 322     $ (4,492 )
   Accumulated preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
     (390 )     (389 )     (390 )     (390 )
Net Loss Attributable to Common Shareholders
   $ (5,501 )   $ (1,305 )   $ (68 )   $ (4,882 )
Basic and diluted net loss per common share
   $ (.90 )   $ (.21 )   $ (.01 )   $ (.79 )
 
2009
  
First Quarter
    
Second Quarter
    
Third Quarter
    
Fourth Quarter
  
Interest income
   $ 22,373     $ 21,373     $ 21,138     $ 20,458  
Interest expense
     8,547       8,010       7,833       7,714  
   Net interest income
     13,826       13,363       13,305       12,744  
Provision for loan losses
     2,049       1,871       6,917       4,751  
Other income
     3,665       3,948       3,949       4,766  
Gains (losses) on securities
     (1,075 )     (1,383 )     (8,479 )     (16,068 )
Other expenses
     10,986       12,550       11,500       11,757  
   Income (loss) before income taxes
     3,381       1,507       (9,642 )     (15,066 )
Applicable income tax expense (benefit)
     1,002       358       (4,056 )     (5,800 )
   Net income/(loss)
   $ 2,379     $ 1,149     $ (5,586 )   $ (9,266 )
   Accumulated preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
     259       393       389       389  
Net Income Available to/(Loss) Attributable to Common Shareholders
   $ 2,120     $ 756     $ (5,975 )   $ (9,655 )
Basic and diluted net income/(loss) per common share
   $ .35     $ .12     $ (.97 )   $ (1.58 )
 
 
[95]
 
 
ITEM 9.        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.

ITEM 9A.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
The Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Corporation’s reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with the SEC, such as this annual report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in those rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
An evaluation of the effectiveness of these disclosure controls as of December 31, 2010 was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s management, including the CEO and the CFO. Based on that evaluation, the Corporation’s management, including the CEO and the CFO, has concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are, in fact, effective at the reasonable assurance level.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2010, there was no change in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has performed an evaluation and testing of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Management’s report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is included on the following page. The Corporation is a “smaller reporting company” as defined by Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 and, accordingly, its independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the foregoing management report. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors nevertheless requested an attestation report from the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm, which follows management’s report.
 
 
[96]
 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 

 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
First United Corporation
 
The Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. This internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors as to the reliability of the Corporation’s financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition.
 
An internal control system, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements in the financial statements or the unauthorized use or disposition of the Corporation’s assets. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness of internal controls to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control--Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment and on the foregoing criteria, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
 
ParenteBeard LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2010, appearing elsewhere in this annual report, and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, as stated in their report, which is included herein.
 
Dated: March 8, 2011
 
 
         
/s/ William B. Grant
    
/s/ Carissa L. Rodeheaver
  
William B. Grant, Esq., CFP
    
Carissa L. Rodeheaver, CPA, CFP
  
Chairman of the Board and 
    
Executive Vice President and
  
Chief Executive Officer       Chief Financial Officer  
           
 
[97]
 
                                                                                                            
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
First United Corporation
Oakland, Maryland
 
We have audited First United Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). First United Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
An entity’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. An entity’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the entity; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the entity are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the entity; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the entity’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, First United Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of First United Corporation, and our report dated March 8, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion.
 
 
 
/s/ ParenteBeard LLC
 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
  
March 8, 2011
  
 
 
[98]
 
 
 ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.
 
PART III
 

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The Corporation has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or controller, or persons performing similar functions, a Code of Ethics applicable to all employees, and a Code of Ethics applicable to members of the Board of Directors. Copies of the Corporation’s Codes of Ethics are available free of charge upon request to Mr. Jason B. Rush, Chief Risk and Operations Officer, First United Corporation, c/o First United Bank & Trust, P.O. Box 9, Oakland, MD 21550-0009 or on the Corporation’s website at www.mybank4.com.
 
All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A.
 
ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A.
 
ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
At the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Corporation’s shareholders approved the First United Corporation Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”), which authorizes the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock units, performance units, dividend equivalents, and other stock-based awards. The following table contains information about the Omnibus Plan as of December 31, 2010:

Plan Category
  
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants, and rights
 
 
 
 
(a)
    
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants, and rights
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
    
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in
column (a))
 
(c)
  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
      0        N/A       185,000 (1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
       0         N/A           N/A  
Total
     0       N/A       185,000  
 
Note:
 
(1)
In addition to stock options and stock appreciation rights, the Omnibus Plan permits the grant of stock awards, stock units, performance units, dividend equivalents, and other stock-based awards. Subject to the anti-dilution provisions of the Omnibus Plan, the maximum number of shares for which awards may be granted to any one participant in any calendar year is 20,000, without regard to whether an award is paid in cash or shares.

All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A

 
[99]
 
 
ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A.

ITEM 14.     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A.

PART IV
 
ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)(1), (2) and (c)  Financial Statements.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
(a)(3) and (b)  Exhibits.
 
The exhibits filed or furnished with this annual report are shown on the Exhibit Index that follows the signatures to this annual report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
[100]
 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
  FIRST UNITED CORPORATION  
       
Dated:  March 8, 2011
By:
/s/ William B. Grant  
    William B. Grant, Esq., CFP  
    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer  
       

 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
         
/s/ William B. Grant
    
/s/ David J. Beachy
  
(William B. Grant) Director, Chief Executive Officer
March 8, 2011
    
(David J. Beachy) Director--March 8, 2011
  
 
        
 
         
/s/ M. Kathryn Burkey
    
/s/ Faye E. Cannon   
  
(M. Kathryn Burkey) Director--March 8, 2011
    
(Faye E. Cannon) Director--March 8, 2011
  
                                                
         
/s/ Paul Cox, Jr. 
    
/s/ Raymond F. Hinkle 
  
(Paul Cox, Jr.) Director--March 8, 2011 
    
(Raymond F. Hinkle) Director--March 8, 2011
  
                                   
         
/s/ Robert W. Kurtz     
    
/s/ John W. McCullough  
  
(Robert W. Kurtz) Director--March 8, 2011 
    
(John W. McCullough) Director--March 8, 2011
  
 
         
/s/ Elaine L. McDonald
    
/s/ Donald E. Moran
  
(Elaine L. McDonald) Director--March 8, 2011
    
 (Donald E. Moran) Director--March 8, 2011
  
 
         
/s/ Carissa L. Rodeheaver 
    
/s/ Gary R. Ruddell 
  
(Carissa L. Rodeheaver) EVP & Chief Financial Officer
    
(Gary R. Ruddell) Director--March 8, 2011
  
March 8, 2011
        
 
         
/s/ I. Robert Rudy
    
/s/ Richard G. Stanton
  
(I. Robert Rudy) Director--March 8, 2011  
    
(Richard G. Stanton) Director--March 8, 2011
  
                                        
         
/s/ Robert G. Stuck
    
/s/ H. Andrew Walls III
  
(Robert G. Stuck) Director--March 8, 2011
    
(H. Andrew  Walls III) Director--March 8, 2011
  
 
 
[101]
 
                                              
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Description
   
3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1998)
   
3.2(i) Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(i) of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)
   
3.2(ii) First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(ii) of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)
   
3.2(iii) Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2(iii) of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)
   
4.1 Letter Agreement, including the related Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms, dated January 30, 2009 by and between the Corporation and the U.S. Department of Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2009)
   
4.2 Certificate of Notice, including the Certificate of Designations incorporated therein, relating to the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2009)
   
4.3 Sample Stock Certificate for Series A Preferred Stock for the Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2009)
   
4.4 Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated January 30, 2009 issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2009)
   
4.5 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2009)
   
4.6 Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2009)
   
4.7 Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2009)
   
4.8 Form of Preferred Security Certificate of First United Statutory Trust III (included as Exhibit C of Exhibit 4.5)
   
4.9 Form of Common Security Certificate of First United Statutory Trust III (included as Exhibit B of Exhibit 4.5)
   
4.10 Form of Junior Subordinated Debenture of First United Corporation (included as Exhibit A of Exhibit 4.6)
   
10.1 First United Bank & Trust Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February  21, 2007)
   
10.2 Amended and Restated SERP Agreement with William B. Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2007)
   
10.3 Form of Amended and Restated SERP Agreement with executive officers other than William B. Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2007)
   
10.4 Form of Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between the Bank and each of William B. Grant, Robert W. Kurtz, Jeannette R. Fitzwater, Phillip D. Frantz, Eugene D. Helbig, Jr., Steven M. Lantz, Robin M. Murray, Carissa L. Rodeheaver, and Frederick A. Thayer, IV (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2003)
   
10.5 Amended and Restated First United Corporation Executive and Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2008)
   
10.6 Amended and Restated First United Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008)
   
10.7 Form of Change in Control Severance Plan Agreement with executive officers other than William B. Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2007)
 
 
[102]
 
 
10.8 First United Corporation Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Corporation’s 2007 definitive proxy statement filed on March 23, 2007)
   
10.9 First United Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008)
   
10.10 Restricted Stock Agreement for William B. Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008)
   
10.11 Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executive Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008)
   
10.12 First United Corporation Executive Pay for Performance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008)
   
10.13 Consulting Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2009, among First United Corporation, First United Bank & Trust and Robert W. Kurtz (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2009)
   
21 Subsidiaries of the Corporation, incorporated by reference to the list of subsidiaries in the discussion entitled “General” in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
   
23.1 Consent of ParenteBeard LLC (filed herewith)
   
31.1 Certifications of the CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith)
   
31.2 Certifications of the CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith)
   
32.1 Certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (furnished herewith)
   
99.1 Certifications of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. § 30.15 (filed herewith)
   
99.2 Certifications of Principal Accounting Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. § 30.15 (filed herewith)
 
 
[103]